专题 33 任务型阅读
一、安徽
阅读下面短文，并用英语回答问题（请注意每小题后面的词数要求）。
E
Remember when you were a little child trying to learn to walk?
First, you had to learn how to balance (平衡) yourself and stand. You fell down, and then got
back up. You laughed sometimes and cried at other times. After much practice, you finally learned
how to balance yourself. You got much pleasure from this new feeling of power—you'd stand
everywhere you could. It was a happy time—you did it!
Now the next step—walking. You'd seen others do it. It didn't look that hard—just move your
legs while you were standing. Wrong—more difficult than you ever imagined. But after you tried
again and again and again, you understood how to walk.
If people found you walking, they cheered, "Oh, look at what the kid is doing." This encouraged
you! But look back on those days when you were the little child—how many times did you try when
no one was watching, or when no one was cheering? You couldn't wait for someone to encourage you
to take the next steps. You learned how to encourage yourself.
So, keep trying and encouraging yourself as you learned to walk if you want to succeed in doing
something.
58. What is the first step in learning to walk? (不超过 15 个词)
__________________________________________________________
59. When did you understand how to walk? (不超过 15 个词)
__________________________________________________________
60. What should you do if you want to succeed in doing something? (不超过 15 个词)
__________________________________________________________
58.
【答案】The first step in learning to walk is to balance yourself and stand./ To learn how to
balance yourself and stand.
【解析】根据短文第二段第一句话 First, you had to learn how to balance (平衡) yourself and
stand.可知，学习走路第一步是学会怎样保持平衡和站立。由此可知答案为 The first step in learning to walk is to balance yourself and stand.或者简略回答为 To learn how to balance yourself and stand.
59.
【答案】 I/We understood how to walk after I/we tried again and again and again.
【解析】根据短文第三段 But after you tried again and again and again, you understood how to
walk.可知，在一次次的尝试之后，你理解了怎样走路。由此可知答案为 I/We understood how to walk after
I/we tried again and again and again.
60.
【答案】I/We should keep trying and encouraging myself/ ourselves as I/we learned to walk.
【解析】根据短文最后一句话 So, keep trying and encouraging yourself as you learned to walk if you
want to succeed in doing something.可知，如果想在某件事上取得成功，你就要不断地尝试和鼓励自己。
由此可知答案为. I/We should keep trying and encouraging myself/ ourselves as I/we learned to
walk.
二、湖南郴州
第二节 回答问题
阅读短文, 然后根据短文内容简要回答问题。
Julie is ten years old. Her brother Rick is eleven. Last year their family went to Kenya（肯尼亚）
for their summer holiday.
They had a wonderful time Kenya is famous for its safari holiday.
On a safari holiday, you stay in a national park and watch the wild animals. Julie's family
did this. They camped in the middle of a national park, far from any towns.
There were guides with them, and the guides knew a lot about wild animals. During the day,
their guides took them in a big car and they saw all kinds of animals. They saw lions, elephants
monkeys and many other wild animals. Sometimes the animals came very close to them. Once an elephant
.started to walk towards them, and Julie and Rick felt very scared. The guide said, "It's all right
Don't move, please." He didn't seem afraid at all! After some minutes, the elephant walked away.
At night, the family slept in a tent. They could hear the noises of the animals. They said
it was noisy, and sometimes they couldn't sleep! Also, they said it was very, very hot. But they
loved their holiday and are going again next year.
36. When did Julie and Rick travel to Kenya?
__________________________________________________________________
37. Did the family camp next to a town?
__________________________________________________________________
38. How did the guides take them to watch wild animals?
__________________________________________________________________
39. Why were Julie and Rick very scared?
__________________________________________________________________
40. Where did the family sleep at night?
__________________________________________________________________
36.
【答案】Last year.
【解析】根据文中 Julie is ten years old. Her brother Rick is eleven. Last year their family went
to Kenya（肯尼亚）for their summer holiday.可知，是去年去的。故填 Last year.
37.
【答案】No, they didn’t.
【解析】根据文中 They camped in the middle of a national park, far from any towns. 他们在一个国家公
园的中央安营，远离任何城镇。这里是做否定回答。故填 No, they didn’t.
38.
【答案】In a big car. / By car.
【解析】根据文中 During the day, their guides took them in a big car and they saw all kinds of
animals.可知，他们的向导把他们带上了一辆大车，他们看到了各种各样的动物。In a big car. / By car
表示乘车。故填 In a big car. / By car.
39.
【答案】An elephant walked towards them.【解析】根据文中 Once an elephant started to walk towards them, and Julie and Rick felt very scared.
可知，有一次，一头大象向他们走来，朱莉和里克感到非常害怕。故填 An elephant walked towards them.
40.
【答案】In a tent.
【解析】根据文中 At night, the family slept in a tent 可知，在一个帐篷里睡觉。故填 In a tent.
三、金华，义乌，丽水
六、任务型阅读
阅读下面短文， 根据文中信息完成一则告示。每空不得超过三词。
Brandon Forest Park is a place of interest. This large woodland is home to many birds and
other wildlife. It’s open all year round to visitors.
In the center of the park is the Forest Shop and Cafe. You can buy maps in the shop and there
are all kinds of gifts and souvenirs on sale as well.
The Cafe is open from 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. on Saturday and Sunday. It is open from 9 a.m. to 3
p.m. from Monday to Friday. But on Wednesday it’s shut all day.
There’s also a large area for visitors to enjoy a picnic lunch. But please don’t throw rubbish.
Bicycles are for hire(租用). For an hour it cost $3.5 and for a half day it’s $9.79.
Spring events are held at the park during the summer. There’s going to be an outdoor play, a
concert and a horse-riding race this summer.
More information about the park can be found on our website wwwbrandonforestpark. com.
Brandon Forest Park
Forest Shop and Café：
The shop sells ___56___, gifts and souvenirs.
The Cafe is not open on ___57___.
Picnic area：
___58___ is not allowed.
Bicycle hire：
$3.5 an hour, $ ___59___ half a day.
Summer eventsAn outdoor play, a ___60___ and horse-riding race.
For more information, visit wwwbrandonforestpark. com.
56.
【答案】maps
【解析】考查细节理解。根据 You can buy maps in the shop and there are all kinds of gifts and souvenirs
on sale as well. 你可以在商店里买到地图，还有各种各样的礼物和纪念品出售。可知商店出售地图，还
有各种各样的礼物和纪念品；故答案填 maps。
57.
【答案】Wednesday
【解析】考查细节理解。根据 But on Wednesday it’s shut all day. 但是星期三它整天都关着。可知：
周三不营业；故答案填 Wednesday。
58.
【答案】Throwing rubbish
【解析】考查细节理解。根据 There’s also a large area for visitors to enjoy a picnic lunch. But
please don’t throw rubbish.还有一个供游客享用野餐的大区域，但是请不要扔垃圾。可知扔垃圾不被允
许；故答案填 Throwing rubbish。
59.
【答案】9.79
【解析】考查细节理解。根据 For an hour it cost $3.5 and for a half day it’s $9.79.一个小时$3.5，半
天$9.79。可知半天是$9.79；故答案填 9.79。
60.
【答案】concert
【解析】考查细节理解。根据 There’s going to be an outdoor play, a concert and a horse-riding race
this summer. 可知今年夏天将有一场户外演出、一场音乐会和一场赛马比赛；故答案填 concert。
四、浙江衢州
四、任务型阅读
假如你在友好学校 Cloverport School 夏令营期间观摩了当地小镇的一个节日活动, 请根据其中的一项活动宣传单, 完成一则英文报告。每空限填一词。
Hello, everybody! I'm so glad to experience the Sacajawea ___31___ in the town of Cloverport.
It's a community festival to bring people together. Teen Mr. Cloverport is a competition for
___32___ from thirteen to sixteen years old. My new friend Tristan paid ___33___ dollars to enter
it. He was really excited about it. They have to wear homemade clothes instead of those bought
from a ___34___. I think the spirit of DIY really matters. To follow the rules, they are not ___35___
to smoke, drink wine, or speak rudely. They should be well-behaved. Thank you!
31.
【答案】 Festival
【解析】句意：我很高兴能在 Cloverport 镇体验 Sacajawea 节。根据表格中第 5 点中 for the Sacajawea
Festival 可知“体验 Sacajawea 节”；故填 Festival。
32.
【答案】 boys
【解析】句意：Teen Mr. Cloverport 是一个 13 到 16 岁的男孩的比赛。根据表格中第一点 Teen Mr.
Cloverport is open for ALL boys aged 13-16. 可知“Teen Mr. Cloverport 是一个 13 到 16 岁的男孩的
比赛。”故填 boys。
33.
【答案】ten/10
【解析】句意：我的新朋友特里斯坦花了十美元才进入。根据表格中 EntryFee:$10:00/person 可知“我的
新朋友特里斯坦花了十美元才进入。”故填 ten/10。34.
【答案】shop/store
【解析】句意：他们必须穿自制的衣服，而不是从商店买的。根据表格第 3 点 Clothes must be HOMEMADE,
shop-bought clothes are not allowed.可知“他们必须穿自制的衣服，而不是从商店买的。”故答案是
shop/store。
35.
【答案】allowed
【解析】句意：为了遵守规则，他们不允许抽烟、喝酒或粗暴说话。根据表格第 4 点 NO SMOKING, NO DRINKING
&NO RUDE LANGUAGE during the competition.可知“为了遵守规则，他们不允许抽烟、喝酒或粗暴说话。”
短语 be not allowed to do sth.：不允许做某事；结合句意可知答案是 allowed。
五、浙江杭州
第二节
下面文章中有五处（第 31-35 题）需要添加首句。请从以下选项（A、B、C、D、E 和 F）中选出符合各段意
思的首句。选项中有一项是多余选项。
Where you sit and how you fit
___16___ For more than seventy years, researchers and teachers have studied the link between
the place where students choose to sit in class and what they are like as people and learners.
Where do you usually decide to sit? Have you ever really thought about the reasons for your decision?
___17___ But is this really true? Well, some researchers say it is not. In fact, shy students
often choose the back row because it is fare away from the teacher and they don’t want to answer
questions. At the back, students probably won’t speak much, but in big classrooms, it can be
hard to see the board and hear what the teacher is saying. This could be the reason why students
who sit here often get lower grades on tests and exams. For students with poor eyesight or hearing,
a seat at the back of the classroom is not a good choice.
___18___ However, they like watching and listening rather than joining in. These students
are usually also very good at taking notes. Next time you miss a class, borrow notes from someone
who sits here. On the sides of the classroom you will generally find modest and thoughtful people.
These people usually get good grades in school and are interested in learning.___19___ Then the statistics (统计数据) say you probably like your teacher. You probably also
have a good relationship with your classmates. Caring, outgoing, and cheerful people usually sit
in the middle. They are normally serious about learning and feel disappointed with low grades
on tests and exams.
___20___ Students who sit here usually want to discuss things with the teacher and are often
very interested in the subject. They want to be in the best place to see and hear everything the
teacher does and says. The only problem with sitting here is that it can be difficult to see and
hear what other students do and say in class. So, if you really want to hear what everyone says
in class, choose a different place to sit.
A. You probably sit right at the front of the class if you’re longing for knowledge.
B. Research suggests that the seat you choose in the classroom says a lot about you and your
personality.
C. Do you sit in the middle of the classroom?
D. This means it’s a good idea to sit in a different place every day.
E. People often think that students who sit at the back are lazy.
F. Students who sit at the side of the classroom are normally interested in class.
16.
【答案】B
【解析】根据下句话 For more than seventy years, researchers and teachers have studied the link
between the place where students choose to sit in class and what they are like as people and
learners.“七十多年来，研究人员和教师一直在研究学生选择坐在教室里的位置与他作为学习者的身份之
间的关系”，由此可知，这里提出座位与个性之间是有关系的，故应选 B，意为：研究表明，你在教室里选
择的座位能反映出你的个性。
17.
【答案】E
【解析】根据这一段短文中 In fact, shy students often choose the back row because it is fare away
from the teacher and they don’t want to answer questions. At the back, students probably won’t
speakmuch“害羞的学生经常选择后面的座位…在后面学生们可能不经常说话”等等可知，这一段介绍的是坐在后面的学生的个性，故应选 E，意为：人们经常认为坐在后面的学生是非常懒的。
18.
【答案】F
【解析】根据这一段中 On the sides of the classroom you will generally find modest and thoughtful
people.“坐在教室两侧的学生通常是谦虚的、有思想的”，由此可知，这一段介绍的是选择坐在教室两边
的学生们的特点，故应选 F，意为：坐在教室两边的学生通常对上课感兴趣。
19.
【答案】C
【解析】根据这一段中 Caring, outgoing, and cheerful people usually sit in the middle.可知，“有
爱心、外向、快乐的人通常坐在中间”，由此可知，这一段介绍的是选择坐在教室中间的学生们的个性和特
点，故应选 C，意为：你坐在教室的中间吗？
20.
【答案】A
【解析】根据这一段中 Students who sit here usually want to discuss things with the teacher and
are often very interested in the subject. They want to be in the best place to see and hear everything
the teacher does and says 可知，坐在这个位置的学生通常想和老师讨论问题，他们想在最好的位置关注
老师的一言一行，由此可推测这是教室里比较靠前的位置，离老师最近。故应选 A，意为：如果你渴望知识，
你可能会坐在教室的前排。
六、浙江宁波
三、任务型阅读
阅读下面材料, 将图片所示步骤(A-D) 与第 31-34 小题相应的文字匹配, 并完成第 35 小题。
Some experts believe that burpee (立卧撑) is the best exercise in the world because this
exercise is one that anyone can do very easily and extremely cheaply.
How to perform the basic burpee correctly:31. _________ Keep your back straight, squat (下蹲) down and place your hands on the
floor.
32. _________ Begin in a standing position with your back straight and your arms at your sides.
33. _________ Bring your feat back to the squat position by placing your hands on the floor.
Then jump straight up as high as you can after the squat position holding your arms up directly
overyour head.
34. ______ Move your feet back behind you, so that you move from a squat position to a full--length
leg extension. Keep both arms and legs straight and strong.
35. As a form of exercise, the burpee is ________________.
A. difficult and boring B. useful but difficult
C. simple and inexpensive D. simple but expensive
31.
【答案】B
【解析】根据句意 Keep your back straight, squat (下蹲) down and place your hands on the floor.“保持
背部挺直，蹲下来，双手放在地板上”。观察图片可知应该是 B。
32.
【答案】A
【解析】根据句意 Begin in a standing position with your back straight and your arms at your
sides.“从站立开始，背部挺直，双臂放在身体两侧”，结合图片可知应该是 A。
33.
【答案】D
【解析】根据动作的描述 Bring your feat back to the squat position by placing your hands on the
floor. Then jump straight up as high as you can after the squat position, holding your arms up
directlyoveryourhead.“双手放在地板上，将你的动作恢复到蹲姿。然后在蹲姿结束后，尽可能向上跳，
双臂举过头顶”，仔细观察图片可知应该是 D。
,34.
【答案】C
【解析】根据对动作的描述 Move your feet back behind you, so that you move from a squat position
to a full--length leg extension. Keep both arms and legs straight and strong.“把你的脚移到身
后，这样你就可以从蹲着的姿势移到伸直的腿。保持手臂和腿伸直”，结合图片可知应是 C。
35.
【答案】C
【解析】根据短文第一句话 Some experts believe that burpee (立卧撑) is the best exercise in the
world because this exercise is one that anyone can do very easily and extremely cheaply.可知，
立卧撑这个运动做起来非常容易，任何人都可以做，而且非常的便宜。故 C 选项 simple and inexpensive“简
单而且不贵”，是正确的，选 C。
七、浙江湖州
任务型阅读
陈琳准备在学校外语文化节上介绍巧克力脆饼(chocolate crunchies)的制作方法。请你帮她从 A-E 中选择
相应的图片，填入 46- 50 题的各个步骤中，完成 PPT 演示文稿。
200g dark chocolate 50g butter
4 spoons of cornflakes(玉米片) 50g honey___31___Step1.Break the dark chocolate into small pieces. Put them into saucepan.
___32___Step2.Add the butter and honey(sugar is also OK).____33____Step 3.Heat gently until the
mixture is smooth.Stir(搅动)the mixture while iti is heating.Do not let the mixture
boil.____34____Step4.Take the saucepan off the heat and wait for 5 minutes.Add the cornflakes
to mixture.Mix it well.____35____Step 5.Spoon the mixture into paper cake cups.Put the cups with
chocolate crunchies into the fridge.Leave them for six hours to set.
A. B. C.
D. E.
【答案】31. C 32. E
33. A 34. D
35. B
【解析】
文章主要是关于巧克力脆饼的制作过程。
31.
【答案】C
【解析】根据.Break the dark chocolate into small pieces.把巧克力弄成碎片，和图片；故选 C。
32.
【答案】E
【解析】根据 Add the butter and honey 加奶油和蜂蜜，和图片；故选 E。
33.【答案】A
【解析】根据 Stir(搅动)the mixture 搅拌混合物，和图片；故选 A。
34.
【答案】D
【解析】根据 Add the cornflakes to mixture.加玉米片，和图片；故选 D。
35.
【答案】B
【解析】根据 Spoon the mixture into paper cake cups.用勺子把混合物放到蛋糕纸杯里，和图片；故选
B。
八、江苏淮安
Ⅵ. 任务型阅读
阅读下面短文，根据要求完成下列各题。
A
A young lady was driving a family car home with her father when they were caught in a heavy
storm. The young lady was a little afraid and asked her father. "What should I do, stop or keep
driving? "
Her father said, "Keep driving. "
After driving a few kilometers, the storm was becoming heavier and heavier. The young lady
noticed that some cars and big transport trucks were pulling over（靠边停）to the side of the
road. The young lady asked her father again if they should stop. But her father said nothing.
So, she had to keep on driving.
Ten minutes later, the storm started to become small and she could see a little more clearly.
After a couple of kilometers, she drove out of the storm. Moreover. the sun came out and the road
ahead was dry.
Her father told her to stop and get out of the car.
"But why now, Father? " she asked in surprise.
Her father said, "When you get out, you can look back at all the people in cars and big trucks
that gave up and they are still in the storm. Now, your storm is over because you didn't give
up.Don't give up, even if the stronger do. If you keep going, soon your "personal storms" will
be over. The sun will shine on you again and the road ahead will be dry and clear.
根据上面短文 内容回答问题（每个小题答案不超过 6 个单词）
66. Who did the young lady drive home with?
__________________________________________________________________
67. Where did some cars and big transport trucks pull over?
_________________________________________________________________
68. What did her father say when the daughter wanted to stop the car again?
_________________________________________________________________
69. Did the young lady drive out of the storm at last?
_________________________________________________________________
70. What can you learn from the passage?
_________________________________________________________________
66.
【答案】Her father.
【解析】根据文中 A young lady was driving a family car home with her father when they were caught
in a heavy storm.可知，和她的父亲。故填 Her father.
67.
【答案】On the side of the road.
【解析】根据文中 The young lady noticed that some cars and big transport trucks were pulling over
（靠边停）to the side of the road.可知，在路边上停着。故填 On the side of the road.
68.
【答案】He said, "Keep driving. "
【解析】根据文中"What should I do, stop or keep driving? "Her father said, "Keep driving. "可
知，父亲说“继续开”。故填 He said, "Keep driving. "
69.
【答案】Yes, she did.
【解析】根据文中 Ten minutes later, the storm started to become small and she could see a little
more clearly. After a couple of kilometers, she drove out of the storm. Moreover. the sun came
out and the road ahead was dry.可知，这里做肯定回答。Yes, she did.是的，他是。故填 Yes, she
的did.
70.
【答案】Never give up.
【解析】根据文中 Don't give up, even if the stronger do. If you keep going, soon your "personal
storms" will be over. The sun will shine on you again and the road ahead will be dry and clear.可知，从
这篇文章中我们能学到决不能放弃。故填 Never give up.
B
Drones（无人机）are like planes, but come in many shapes and sizes. They have no pilots and
controlled from outside the drones. During these years, they have been used to attack（进攻）
enemies or moved goods in dangerous areas.
Now small drones are a part of people’s lives. For example, people use drones to take photos
or make videos. Besides, a drone delivery (投递) service has proved successful.
Online store JD can use drones to deliver small packages（包裹）. It has built several drone
stations so that it can load ( 装载) and deliver its packages.
Drones have made our shopping experience different. We can order a new coat in early morning
and it will be delivered before we finish breakfast.
Bizzby Sky, a UK company, has created a delivery service for small goods. Open a smartphone
app(应用软件) ,enter your address, set a time and pay enough money for the delivery service. Then
in minutes, a drone will do tasks for you.
However, any drone company needs government permission (允许) to fly its drones in many
countries. We believe we will see more and more drones with goods fly in the sky very soon.
根据上面短文内容填空:
71. Drones are like Planes, but come in many __________. They have been used in some fields such
as attacking enemies or _______________ in dangerous areas.
72. Drones can __________ to rake photos or make videos by people. Besides. a drone delivery service has proved to be another _________________.
73. Several ____________ have been built by JD to have its packages loaded and _______________.
74. If you open a smarrphone app, enter __________, set a time and _____________ enough money
on the delivery service, a drone will do tasks for you.
75. Today's shopping experience isn't ___________ the old one because of drones. However no drone
company can fly its drones ____________ getting government permission in many countries.
71.
【答案】 (1). shapes and sizes (2). moving goods
【解析】根据文中 Drones（无人机）are like planes, but come in many shapes and sizes.及 During these
years, they have been used to attack（进攻）enemies or moved goods in dangerous areas.
可知，无人机就像飞机，但有很多形状和尺寸。它们曾被用于攻击敌人或在危险区域移动货物等领域。故
填 shapes and sizes ；moving goods
72.
【答案】 (1). be used (2). success
【解析】根据文中 For example, people use drones to take photos or make videos. Besides, a drone
delivery (投递) service has proved successful.可知，无人驾驶飞机可以被人们用来拍照或录像。另外。
无人机交付服务已被证明是另一个成功。这里是 can be used to do 表示能被用来……；another success
另一个成功；故填 be used ； success
73.
【答案】 (1). online stores; (2). delivered
【解析】根据文中 Online store JD can use drones to deliver small packages（包裹）. It has built
several drone stations so that it can load ( 装载) and deliver its packages.可知，JD 已经建立了几家
在线商店来装载和交付其软件包。故填 online stores； delivered.
74.
【答案】 (1). your address (2). pay for
【解析】根据文中 Open a smartphone app(应用软件) ,enter your address, set a time and pay enough
money for the delivery service. Then in minutes, a drone will do tasks for you.
可知，如果你打开一个手机应用程序，输入你的地址，设定时间，支付足够的钱在送货服务，一架无人机
将为你做任务。故填 your address ； pay for
,75.
【答案】 (1). the same as (2). without
【解析】根据文中 However, any drone company needs government permission (允许) to fly its drones
in many countries. We believe we will see more and more drones with goods fly in the sky very
soon.可知，由于无人机的存在，今天的购物体验与以前的不一样。然而，在许多国家，没有政府许可，任
何一家无人机公司都不能驾驶其无人机。the same as 和……一样；without 没有。根据题意，故填 the same
as ；without.
九、江苏连云港
七、任务型阅读
请阅读下面短文，在短文后表格中的空白处填上适当的单词（注意：每空 1 个单词）。
What would you do if you felt anxious（焦虑的）？Would you feel better if someone else could
share his or her experiences with you? In the United States, two teenage girls set up a mental
health camp called "Healing（治愈）Hearts" to help people deal with anxiety.
The idea of creating the camp came from Dinah Martinez, 17, and her schoolmate Janet Martinez,
18. Both girls suffered from anxiety.
Dinah Martinez always did well in school. "But then I just started to collapse（崩溃）,"Dinah
Martinez said. She stopped talking to her friends, stopped going to school for three weeks
and stayed at home.
Janet Martinez was anxious in elementary school. Things got even worse in junior high. "It
was a lot of pressure（压力）I put on myself. I would wake up in the morning and it was like my
heart was racing," she said.
The girls' camp idea got support from Girls Leading Our World (GLOW) in the US. The organization
awarded them $ 5,000 to put on the camp for other teenage girls.
The "Healing Hearts" camp was created to "help deal with anxiety, especially with girls in high school because that’s when they are the most vulnerable（脆弱的）, "Janet Martinez said.
On the first day of the camp, 10 girls were there. Experts at the camp talked about anxiety.
They helped girls who were experiencing anxiety. The girls learned how to calm themselves when
they are anxious. They learned about calming methods like deep breathing and guided mediation（调
节）.
" It's good to know that someone else is going through the same thing as me and we can both
help each other out," Dinah Martinez said.
Title: The "Healing Hearts" Camp
Background
Two girls suffered from anxiety, so they ______71______up with
the idea of setting up a mental health camp.
Support
Girls Leading Our World gave them an award of $ 5,000 to put on
the camp for _______72_______ teenage girls.
_____73_____
To help deal with anxiety, especially with girls in high school
when they are the most vulnerable.
Activities
Experts talked about anxiety and helped girls with anxiety.
The girls learned how to keep ______74______ when they are anxious,
like deep breathing and guided mediation.
Conclusion
It's good to give a hand to those whose experiences
are_____75_____ to Dinah Martinez's.
71.
【答案】came
【解析】细节理解题。根据 The idea of creating the camp came from Dinah Martinez, 17, and her
schoolmate Janet Martinez, 18. Both girls suffered from anxiety 可知，这两个女孩经受了焦虑，所
以他们想出创立一个心理健康营，come up with 想出，且根据句意可知，用一般过去时，故填 came。
72.
【答案】other【解析】细节理解题。根据 The organization awarded them $ 5,000 to put on the camp for other teenage
girls 可知，女孩引领世界给他们 5000 美元奖励让他们为其他女孩举办夏令营。other 其他的，且空后有
名词 girls，故填 other。
73.
【答案】Purpose(s) /Aim(s) /Goal(s)
【解析】细节理解题。根据 The "Healing Hearts" camp was created to "help deal with anxiety,
especially with girls in high school because that’s when they are the most vulnerable（脆弱的）,
"JanetMartinezsaid 可知，“治愈心灵”夏令营的成立的目的是为了“帮助缓解焦虑，尤其是对高中女生，
因为这是她们最脆弱的时候。purpose/aim/goal 目标、目的，根据句意可知，用单复数均可，故填 Purpose(s)
/Aim(s) /Goal(s)。
74.
【答案】calm
【解析】细节理解题。根据 The girls learned how to calm themselves when they are anxious 可知，
女孩们学习当他们焦虑时如何保持镇定。keep calm 保持镇定，故填 calm。
75.
【答案】similar
【解析】细节理解题。根据 It's good to know that someone else is going through the same thing as
me and we can both help each other out," Dinah Martinez said 可知，知道别人和我有同样的经历是件好事，
我们可以互相帮助。be similar to 与……相似，故填 similar。
十、江苏苏州
第七部分 阅读表达
请认真阅读下面短文，用英语回答短文后的问题，并将答案与在答题卡标有题号的横线上。
An Interview with Andy Griffiths
Andy Griffiths is well known as a writer of children's books. Here are some interesting things,
you might not know about him!
What do you like to do after a long day of writing?
I go for long runs and bike rides beside the beach. An hour of exercise after a long day of
writing gives me energy. Then I'm ready to write some more.Do you write using a computer or by hand?
At first I write the stories by hand, and then I transfer（转录）them onto a computer. I like
to write by hand when I travel. I find it very easy to lose myself in my diary when I am away
from my usual activities.
What super power would you like to have?
X-ray vision（影像）if I can control it.
What is your favourite food?
I'm never happier than when I'm drinking banana milkshakes. And I love fish. But I don't like
drinking fish milkshakes - they are just terrible!
What is your favourite book?
Alice in Wonderland. It has so many surprises and such silliness in it.
Do you write for adults too?
Only if I really have to. I much prefer the freedom and fun of writing for children.
What do you say to kids who say, "Why should I read?"
As Dr. Seuss says. "The more you read, the more things you will know. The more you learn,
the more places you'll go."
53. What is Andy's job?
54. What do you think of Andy?
55. Do you want to be a person like Andy? Why or why not?
53.
【答案】A writer of children's books.
【解析】题意：安迪的工作是什么?考查细节理解。根据 Andy Griffiths is well known as a writer of
children's books.可知是著名的儿童读物作家，故填 A writer of children's books.。
54.
【答案】He is an interesting man with a lot of hobbies.
【解析】题意：你觉得安迪怎么样?考查细节判断。根据 Here are some interesting things 可知他很有趣，
结合采访内容可知他有很多爱好，故填 He is an interesting man with a lot of hobbies.。
55.
【答案】Yes. Because I also want to write for children and bring them fun of reading.
No. Because I don't like writing.【解析】题意：你想成为像安迪一样的人吗?为什么?为什么不?考查观点态度题。本题可自由表达，需用 yes
或 no 回答，合理即可。如 Yes. Because I also want to write for children and bring them fun of reading.
/No. Because I don't like writing.。
十一、江苏泰州
任务型阅读 阅读下面一段短文, 并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词, 每个空
格只填一个单词。
Creating a study plan
Studying is important to students. But it is always difficult to find enough time to study
every subject you need. So a good plan helps you to make sure of your success in study.
Then, how to make a study plan? Well, you can begin with listing all the subjects you need
to study and make sure what you need to do for each subject. Next, you should decide how much
time you should spend on different subjects. Now, it is a good idea to study at the same time
every day. In this way, you actually have a plan you can remember easily. While arranging ( 安排) time for each subject, you also need to make sure that you still have time for family, friends
and rest. This is because you won't be able to succeed in your studies unless you balance Your
personal life and your study.
Once the plan is made, the next thing you need to do is to follow it. One of the biggest
challenges in following your study plan is that you will be tempted ( 诱惑) to avoid it and do
something relaxing, or fun instead. Luckily, you can fight this temptation by taking breaks. But
be sure not to take extra breaks or too long breaks as it can affect your plan. So at the start
of your break，set an alarm clock to remind you when your break is over. Also, you need to use
your break wisely. For example, go for a short walk, eat a small snack, or listen to some music.
To avoid forgetting to follow your plan, try to get into the habit of looking at your calendar
every day. Sometimes our plans are herd to follow because some important people in our lives
distract ( 使分心) us from our goals. In order to avoid this, tell people in your life about your
plan. Put up a copy of your study guide at home so you and your family can see it, and email a
copy to your friends so they know when you have spare time.
Creating a study plan
The ____51____
of a study plan
A good study plan is _____52_____ in achieving your success in
study.
Make a study plan
Make a ______53______ of all the subjects you need to study.
Decide on the time you will ______54______ on each subject.
Study at the same time every day, or you will _____55_____ your plan.
Arrange time for other activities in order to ______56______ your
personal life and your study.
___57___ the study
plan
Fight temptation by taking breaks;
Set an alarm to remind yourself;
Use your break in a _____58_____way.
Make use of your calendar:
Put up your plan where it can be ______59______easily.
Let your friends ______60______ when you are free.51.
【答案】 importance
【解析】意思是：学习计划的重要性。根据 So a good plan helps you to make sure of your success in
study. 所以一个好的计划可以帮助你确保你在学习上的成功。可知，这句话说明了学习计划的重要性，因
此答案应该填 important 的名词 importance。故答案为：importance。
52.
【答案】helpful
【解析】句意：一个好的学习计划有助于你在学习上取得成功。根据 So a good plan helps you to make sure
of your success in study. 所以一个好的计划可以帮助你确保你在学习上的成功。可知，一个好的学习计划
有助于你在学习上取得成功。is 是系动词，后面应该跟形容词，故答案为：helpful。
53.
【答案】list
【解析】句意：列出你需要学习的所有科目。根据 Well, you can begin with listing all the subjects
you need to study, 好吧，你可以先列出你需要学习的所有科目。可知，列出你需要学习的所有科目。make
a list of…：列出……的清单。所以答案为：list。
54.
【答案】spend
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Next, you should decide how much time you should spend on different
subjects.接下来，你应该决定你应该花多少时间在不同的科目上。可知，应该填 spend，因为 will 是一般
将来时的助动词，后跟动词原形。故答案为：spend。
55.
【答案】forget
【解析】句意：每天同时学习，否则你会忘记你的计划。根据 Now, it is a good idea to study at the same
time every day. In this way, you actually have a plan you can remember easily. 现在，每天同时
学习是个好主意。这样，你就有了一个你能轻易记住的计划。由 or 可知，表示转折，因此应该填 remember
的反义词 forget。语境是：每天同时学习，否则你会忘记你的计划。因为 will 是一般将来时的助动词，后
跟动词原形。故答案为：forget。
56.
【答案】balance【解析】句意：安排其他活动的时间，以平衡你的个人生活和学习。根据 This is because you won't be able
to succeed in your studies unless you balance Your personal life and your study. 这是因为除非
你平衡你的个人生活和学习，否则你将无法在学业上取得成功。可知，安排其他活动时间的目的是平衡你
的个人生活和学习。in order to+动词原形，表示目的。所以答案为：balance。
57.
【答案】Follow
【解析】意思是：遵循你的学习计划。根据 Once the plan is made, the next thing you need to do is
to follow it. 一旦制定了计划，你接下来要做的就是遵循它。所以本题应该填：follow，首字母要大写。
故答案为：Follow。
58.
【答案】wise
【解析】句意：明智地利用你的休息时间。根据 Also, you need to use your break wisely. 另外，你需
要明智地利用休息时间。way 是名词，因此前面应该用形容词来修，wisely 的形容词为：wise。语境是：
明智地利用你的休息时间。故答案为：wise。
59.
【答案】seen
【解析】句意：把你的计划放在容易被看到的地方。根据 Put up a copy of your study guide at home so
you and your family can see it,在家里放一份计划的复印件，这样你和你的家人就能看到它。分析句子
Put up your plan where it can be ____9___easily. 的结构可知，本题是含有情态动词的被动句，其结
构是：情态动词+be+动词的过去分词。语境是：把你的计划放在容易被看到的地方。故答案为：seen。
60.
【答案】know
【解析】句意：让你的朋友知道你什么时候有空。根据 and email a copy to your friends so they know
when you have spare time. 然后通过电子邮件将复印件发送给你的朋友，让他们知道你什么时候有空。因此
应该填 know。Let 是使役动词后跟动词原形。故答案为：know。
十二、江苏宿迁
六、任务型阅读
阅读下面短文，根据短文内容填写表格，每空限填一词。
A large numbers of emojis (表情符号) are sent online every day. Emojis are pictures used in
texts and web pages. Since emojis were invented in the late 1990s, they have been used as a modern
international languages.
We like emojis for different reasons. A written message is always black and white, but emojis
show meanings beautifully. Sometimes emojis also change the way we write. The more emojis we use,
the fewer words we use.
There are many emojis with different meanings. They are easy to understand. For example, a
smiling face means “I’m happy”. A cake with candles means “Happy birthday”. When we want
to say “Goodbye”, we use a smiling face with a waving hand. When we are in a terrible situation
but we have to laugh to cheer ourselves up, we can use a “cry laugh” emoji.
Now emojis have great influence on us. Sometimes, emojis can be helpful to people from different
countries in understanding each other. And when we are feeling exchange. Then the invention of
emojis helps change the situation. For example, when we receive a smiling face from our friends
online, we try to exchange our feelings by sending the same picture.
It seems that emojis change as time goes by. However, we should be careful when we use them
online.
Emojis
Brief introduction
Emojis are _____71_____ that we use in texts and web
pages.
Emojis have been used as a
______72______international languages.
Reasons for their
popularity
Emojis can show _______73_______beautifully.
Emojis change the way we ________74________.
Examples of emojis A smiling face means “I’m happy.” A cake with ___75___ means “Happy birthday.”
A smiling face with waving hand means “Goodbye”.
A “cry-laugh” emoji means we want to _____76_____up.
The ____77____ of emojis
Emojis can _____78_____ people from different
countries to understand each other.
Emojis can allow us to exchange our _______79_______.
Conclusion We should be ______80______when we use emojis.
71.
【答案】 pictures
【解析】题意：表情符号是我们在文本和网页中使用的图片。考查细节理解。根据 Emojis are pictures used
in texts and web pages.可知填 pictures。
72.
【答案】modern
【解析】题意：表情符号已被用作现代国际语言。考查细节理解。根据 Since emojis were invented in the
late 1990s, they have been used as a modern international languages.可知填 modern。
73.
【答案】meanings
【解析】题意：表情符号可以很好地表达意思。考查细节理解。根据 A written message is always black
and white, but emojis show meanings beautifully.可知填 meanings。
74.
【答案】write
【解析】题意：表情符号改变了我们的写作方式。考查细节理解。根据 Sometimes emojis also change the
way we write.可知填 write。
75.
【答案】candies
【解析】题意：有糖果的蛋糕意味着“生日快乐”。考查细节理解。根据 A cake with candles means “Happy
birthday”.可知填 candies。
76.【答案】cheer
【解析】题意：一个“苦笑”表情意味着我们想要开心起来。考查细节理解。根据 When we are in a terrible
situation but we have to laugh to cheer ourselves up, we can use a “cry laugh” emoji.可知填
cheer。
77.
【答案】influence
【解析】题意：表情符号的影响。考查细节归纳。根据 Now emojis have great influence on us.可知填
influence。
78.
【答案】help
【解析】题意：表情符号可以帮助来自不同国家的人们相互理解。考查词性转换。根据 Sometimes, emojis
can be helpful to people from different countries in understanding each other.可知填 help。
79.
【答案】feelings
【解析】题意：表情符号可以让我们交流感情。考查词性转换。形容词性物主代词 our（我们的）需接名词，
根 据 And when we are feeling exchange, then the invention of emojis helps change the
situation.可知填 feelings。
80.
【答案】careful
【解析】题意：我们使用表情符号时应该小心。考查细节理解。根据 However, we should be careful when
we use them online.可知填 careful。
十三、山东德州
五、阅读表达阅读短文，根据题目要求完成各小题
It is a great thing to help others. First, you can learn new things. Second, it can also make
you feel good.
How can you do it? Helping through charities（慈善团体）is a good idea. Charities are
organizations（组织）that help others. September 5 is the International Day of Charity.
You can help charities by giving your time, giving money or giving things that you own.● Volunteering
Volunteering is to give time to help others without pay. Some ways of volunteering are：
☆visiting old people to talk to them or help them
☆ walking dogs at an animal shelter（收容所）
☆ cleaning up a park
☆ helping some children.You can teach the children without life skills how to take care of
themselves.
● Fundraising
Fundraising is to collect or produce money to a charity to help others. Some ways of fundraising
are：
☆ making cakes or biscuits to sell
☆ doing sponsored（有赞助的）activities. For example, families and friends give you money
if you finish a long walk.
● Donating
Donating is to give your things to a charity to help ot hers．Some ways of donatingare：
☆ giving your old toys or clothes to a charity that helps sick children or poor people
☆giving your old books to a library.
So, what can you do to help others?
46. Why is it a great thing to help others? （at least one）
_______________________________________________47. Which day is the International Day of Charity?
_______________________________________________
48. Translate the underlined sentence into Chinese
_______________________________________________
49. Mary makes some money by drawing pictures． She gives the money to a charity. It is a way
of .（填写序号 A 或 B 或 C）
A. volunteering
B. fundraising
C. donating
50. Give a proper title to the passage
____________________________________________________
46.
【答案】First, you can learn new things. Second, it can also make you feel good．
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文：It is a great thing to help others. First, you can learn new
things. Second, it can also make you feel good.帮助别人是件好事。首先，你可以学到新东西；其次，
它也能让你感觉良好。故答案为：First, you can learn new things. Second, it can also make you feel
good。
47.
【答案】September 5
【解析】细节理解题。根据文中句子 September 5 is the International Day of Charity.9 月 5 日是国际慈
善日。可得出答案：September 5。
48.
【答案】你可以教那些没有生活技能的孩子如何照顾自己。
【解析】英译汉题。teach sb. how to do sth. 教某人如何去做某事，the children without life skills
没有生活技能的孩子，how to take care of themselves 如何照顾自己。故答案是：你可以教那些没有生活
技能的孩子如何照顾自己。
49.
【答案】B
【解析】细节理解题。根据：making cakes or biscuits to sell 制作蛋糕或饼干出售，可知这类活动属于
.捐款活动。玛丽画画赚钱，她把钱捐给慈善机构。这是一种募捐活动方式。故答案选 B。
50.
【答案】Ways to help others.
【解析】标题归纳题。根据 How can you do it？你怎么能做到帮助他人？可知短文主要讲了帮助别人的方
式，故答案是：Ways to help others。
十四、山东滨州
八、阅读表达
阅读下面短文，并根据短文内容回答问题。
Need a reason to be happy? Then you will be happy to know that March 20th is the International
Day of Happiness.
The united Nations set up the International Day of happiness in 2012 to remind us that happiness
is a basic human goal and right.
It was celebrated for the first time in 2013. On that day, we celebrated hundreds of “ Happy
Heroes” – those who did so much to bring happiness to others. They helped the homeless to live
a comfortable life and the poor kids to go to school.
The 2014 Day of Happiness actions asked people to share pictures of making them happy. People
all over the world showed their favourite pictures on the Internet. “It’s exciting to see so
many people sharing photos of what makes them happy.” Joe, a senior high school students from
Canada said. The 2015 Day of happiness actions gave attention on relationships. Modern society
is leaving more and more people felling lonely. On that day, thousands of people all around the
world reached out to make new connections with others. They visited their neighbours, gave calls
to the doctors they didn’t know very well, drove the strangers to station for free…
The theme of the 2019 Day of Happiness is “Happier Together”. It encourages people worldwide
to focus on what we have in common, rather than what divides us.
66. When is the International Day of Happiness?
_________________________________________________________________________67. Why did the United Nations set up the International Day of Happiness?
_________________________________________________________________________
68. How did Joe feel when he saw many people sharing photos?
_________________________________________________________________________
69. According to the passage, more and more people are feeling happy in modern society, aren’t
they?
_________________________________________________________________________
70. What is the theme of 2019 Day of Happiness?
_________________________________________________________________________
【答案】66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
【解析】
【分析】
短文大意：本文介绍了什么是国际幸福日，联合国要设立国际幸福日的目的，往年国际幸福日的基本情况
以及今年的主题“快乐在一起”，鼓励全世界的人关注共同点，而不是分歧。
66.
【答案】On March 20th.
【解析】题意：国际幸福日是什么时候?考查细节理解。根据 Then you will be happy to know that March
20th is the International Day of happiness.可知 3 月 20 日是国际幸福日，故填 On March 20th.。
67.
【答案】To remind us that happiness is a basic human goal and right.
【解析】题意：为什么联合国要设立国际幸福日?考查细节理解。根据 The united Nations set up the
International Day of happiness in 2012 to remind us that happiness is a basic human goal and right.可
知联合国设立“国际幸福日”是为了提醒我们幸福是人类的基本目标和权利，故填 To remind us that
happiness is a basic human goal and right.。
68.
【答案】Excited. 【解析】题意：当乔看到许多人分享照片时，他是什么感觉?考查细节理解。根据“It’s exciting to see
so many people sharing photos of what makes them happy.” Joe, a senior high school students from
Canada said.可知他很兴奋，故填 Excited.。
69.
【答案】No, they aren’t.
【解析】题意：根据这篇文章，越来越多的人在现代社会感到幸福，不是吗?考查细节理解。根据 The 2015
Day of happiness actions gave attention on relationships. Modern society is leaving more and more
people felling lonely.可知是否定回答，故填 No, they aren’t.。
70.
【答案】Happier Together.
【解析】题意：2019 年幸福日的主题是什么?考查细节理解。根据 The theme of the 2019 Day of Happiness
is “Happier Together”.可知填 Happier Together.。
十五、山东济宁
七 阅读表达
阅读短文，根据要求完成文后的题目。
Tom works in a big company and he is often very busy. One day, when he came out of the office,
it was late in the evening. There was no bus at that moment, so he had to walk home. The street
was very dark and he could hardly see anything. So he had to walk along slowly and carefully.
Juts at that time, Tom found a man with a lantern coming in the distance. “If I go with that
person, I will be able to see well," he thought.
When the man with a lantern got nearer, Tom found he was coming with a cane(手杖) in his
hand. Tom thought this was strange and asked, “Why are you walking so slowly with a cane when
you have a lantern?”
The man said, "You know, I'm blind. That is why I use thins cane to walk." Tom laughed, "Ha,
ha, ha. You're blind? Then why do you carry a lantern? You don't need a lantern if you can't see.”
The man with the lantern answered, "Yes, I can't see. And this lantern cannot help me, but
it can help others in the dark. I know better than anyone else how it feels when you cannot see.”
Tom didn't say anything for a long time. Then he said sorry to the man.41. When did Tom come out of the office that day? (回答问题，不超过 15 个词)
__________________________________________
42. What did the man carry the lantern for? (回答问题，不超过 12 个词)
__________________________________________
43. Why did Tom say sorry to the man? (回答问题，不超过 9 个词)
__________________________________________
44. 把画线的句子翻译成汉语。
__________________________________________
45. 给文章报一个合适 英文标题。
__________________________________________
41.
【答案】It was late in the evening and there was no bus at that moment.
【解析】根据 when he came out of the office, it was late in the evening. There was no bus at that
moment,可知是天晚了，没公交车了；故答案是 It was late in the evening and there was no bus at that
moment.。
42.
【答案】He carried the Lantern for helping others in the dark.
【解析】根据 this lantern cannot help me, but it can help others in the dark 可知是为了帮助黑暗中的
人；故答案是 He carried the Lantern for helping others in the dark.。
43.
【答案】Because he laughed at him and didn`t respect him.
【解析】根据 Tom laughed, "Ha, ha, ha. You're blind? Then why do you carry a lantern? You don't
need a lantern if you can't see.”可知他嘲笑这个盲人，不尊重他；Yes, I can't see. And this lantern
cannot help me, but it can help others in the dark. 他拿灯笼是为了帮助黑暗中的人，可知汤姆听了盲人
的话，为自己嘲笑他感到羞愧，所以道歉；故答案是 Because he laughed at him and didn`t respect
him.。
的44.
【答案】我比其他人更了解看不见时的感受。
【解析】根据 know better 更知道， anyone else 其他任何人，how it feels when you cannot see 当你看不
见时感觉怎样；故答案是： 我比其他人更了解看不见时的感受。
45.
【答案】A Blind Man with a Lantern.
【解析】根据文章内容主要讲述一个盲人为了帮助黑暗中的人拿灯笼的故事；故答案是 A Blind Man with a
Lantern。
十六、山东临沂
七、阅读表达
根据短文内容，回答下列问题。
The population of the world continues to increase, but in some areas the population is falling.
This is true in Europe and especially in Eastern Europe. In Russia, the population is going
down by about 100 people EVERY HOUR! Russia's population could fall by ONE THIRD by the year 2050!
And in Poland (波兰) the population is also going down because people are leaving to work in other
countries.
One of the main reasons is a change of lifestyle. All over Europe people, especially educated
women, have a different attitude(态度) to children than their parents. "I have one child and she
is enough for me," said Galina Tereschkova, a doctor from Moscow. "My husband and I both work
full-time. We can't imagine having more than one child." Many women decide to have children later
in life or not to have children at all. "I don't want to have any children until I have worked
for at least 10 years," said 19-year-old student Hana Markova from Prague. Her opinion is typical
of 18-24 year old women everywhere in Europe.
In Poland, the population is going down for a different reason. A lot of people, usually aged
between 20 and 30, are leaving the country to work abroad. Poland joined the European Union in
2005 and since then more than half a million people have moved to Britain, Germany, Spain and
Italy. Even so, the population of those four countries and many other countries in West Europe is also going down.
Many governments are now encouraging people to have larger families. In France, women now
receive nearly $1,000 a month for a year if they have a third child. Austrian women receive $700
a month for three years when they have their first child.
56. Where in the world is the population getting smaller?
___________________________________________________________________
57. How many children does Galina Tereschkova want to have?
_________________________________________________________________
58. What does Hana Markova want to do before she has children?
_________________________________________________________________
59. Why is the population in Poland going down?
_________________________________________________________________
60. How does the French government encourage people to have larger families now?
________________________________________________________________
56.
【答案】In Europe and especially in Eastern Europe.
【解析】根据文中第一段和第二段 but in some areas the population is falling. This is true in Europe
and especially in Eastern Europe.所以在欧洲尤其是在东欧，人口在下降，故回答
In Europe and especially in Eastern Europe.
57.
【答案】One / She only wants to have one
【解析】根据第三段加利娜说的话 I have one child and she is enough for me，所以她只想要一个孩子。
故回答 One./ She only wants to have one。
58.
【答案】She wants to work for at least 10 years
【解析】根据第三段 I don't want to have any children until I have worked for at least 10
years," said 19-year-old student Hana Markova from Prague. 我不想生孩子，除非我已经工作了至少 10
年。所以她在生孩子之前想工作，故回答 She wants to work for at least 10 years。
59.
【答案】Because a lot of people,usually aged between 20 and 30, are leaving Poland to work abroad./ The change of lifestyle.
【解析】根据第四段. A lot of people, usually aged between 20 and 30, are leaving the country to
workabroad. 可知波兰人口下降的一个原因是，年龄在 20 到 30 岁之间的很多人离开这个国家到国外工作。
故回答 Because a lot of people, usually aged between 20 and 30, are leaving Poland to work
abroad./ The change of lifestyle。
60.
【答案】By giving women nearly $1000 a month for a year if they have a third child.
【解析】根据最后一段 In France, women now receive nearly $1,000 a month for a year if they have
a third child. 在法国，如果有第三个孩子，女性一年内每月可获得近 1000 美元。故回答.By giving women
nearly $1000 a month for a year if they have a third child.
十七、山东青岛
V. 阅读表达
A
There are some things that are almost impossible to say to our close friends — especially
if we want (A) them to be our friends for life. Are you wondering what problems others have?
“I can’t stand your other friends.”
My best friend, Kate, sometimes hangs out with some people that I really don’t like. I think
they have a bad influence on her, and she only spends time with them because they are “cool”.
Could you tell me if I should bring the matter up with her, or if it would be better for me to
keep quiet? I don’t want to lose her as a friend.
— Linda
“I won’t help you cheat.”
(B) My closest friend, Kim, has lost interest in school and studying. He says he’s bored
with the whole thing, so he often asks me whether I’ll let him copy my homework. By now I’ve
said no, but he keeps asking me. I told him, “I think we’ll get in trouble.” but he just laughed
and told me not to worry. I don’t want to put my grades at risk, but I’m afraid to face my friend about this, so I just keep avoiding the topic. How can I get him to stop asking? I was
wondering if you could give me some suggestions for dealing with my problem.
— Mike
“No, I CAN’T do that for you!”
Anna is my best friend. We get along with each other well, but she is asking me to do things
for her all the time. “Could you help me pick out some new clothes? Would you mind if I borrowed
your bike? Can you look after my apartment while I’m away?” And these are just a few examples.
I’ve said yes so many times that now I’m afraid I’ll hurt her feelings if I say no. Any ideas?
— Amy
51. 从文中找出(A)处划线单词 them 所指代的内容。
52. 从文中找出与 “I was thinking whether you could help me out with your suggestions.” 意思相
同或相近的句子。
53. 将文中(B)处划线句子 My closest friend, Kim, has lost interest in school and studying. 翻
译成汉语。
54. 根据上下文，补全句子。Kate only spends time with some people that Linda really doesn’t like
because____
55. 回答问题。What does Kim often want to do?
56. 完成任务。Please give Amy ONE idea.
51.
【答案】 close friends
【解析】根据前文中的句子“There are some things that are almost impossible to say to our close
friends.”有些事情是几乎不可能对我们的亲密朋友说的，特别是如果我们想让他们成为我们一生的朋友。
因此 them 指代上句中的 close friends。
52.
【答案】I was wondering if you could give me some suggestions for dealing with my problems.
【解析】“I was thinking whether you could help me out with your suggestions.”的句意为“我在
想你是否能帮我提出你的一些建议”。在 Mike 所写的最后一句“I was wondering if you could give me some
suggestions for dealing with my problems.”我想知道你能不能给我一些处理问题的建议。 这两句的意思相同或相近。
53.
【答案】我最亲密的朋友 Kim 已经对学校和学习失去了乐趣。
【解析】closest friend 最亲密的朋友；lose interest in…失去对……的兴趣，此句是一个现在完成时态
的句子，故答案为：我最亲密的朋友 Kim 已经对学校和学习失去了乐趣。
54.
【答案】they are “cool”
【解析】根据 Linda 书写的内容 I think they have a bad influence on her, and she only spends time
with them because they are“cool”.可知，凯特只和琳达不喜欢的人在一起，因为他们很酷。故答案为
they are “cool”。
55.
【答案】He often wants to copy Mike’s homework.
【解析】问题：金姆经常想做什么？根据 Mike 的介绍 My closest friend, Kim, has lost interest in
school and studying. He says he’s bored with the whole thing, so he often asks me whether I’ll
let him copy my homework.可知，金姆经常问迈克是否可以让他抄作业。也就是说他经常想抄袭 Mike 的作
业，答案为 He often wants to copy Mike’s homework.。
56.
【答案】You should communicate with her.
【解析】艾米最好的朋友安娜经常让她做各种各样的事情，每次艾米都答应帮忙，担心说“不”会伤害对
方的感情，不知道该如何去应对这个问题，因此给出的建议是：艾米要多于朋友交流，回答时要用第二人
称，故答案为 You should communicate with her.。
B
Drones are like airplanes, only without a pilot. No one without a pilot’s license should
be allowed to have one.
Something bad or unexpected can happen when people send up a self-controlled
flying machine like a drone without knowing how to really control it. Drones can become flyaways,
and can be caught up on a jet stream (喷气流) and blown away. A falling drone can do much damage
(损害) to buildings and people.Though drones can be harmful, they can be very helpful.At a sports event, drones can be used
to give the spectators (观众) a view from above or help coaches see how their players are doing.They
are also becoming a useful tool for firefighters, helping them find and fight wildfires. Drones
can watch secretly on populations of animals in the wild, especially endangered ones.In some
faraway places in the world, drones are the fastest way to send medicine to people who are in
great need of it.
Some people think drones can only be used by governments to help when needed. Others think
that if rules are obeyed, there should be little risk to people and property (财产).Drone makers
say drones are exciting new technology and that the future will be controlled by them.
57. 用英语列举 drones 的两种用途。
① ____
②____
58. 回答问题。Who should be allowed to have a drone?
59. 回答问题。In some people’s opinions, can the drones only be used by governments at any time?
Why?
60. 根据短文内容完成句子。
Paragraph (段落) Two is mainly about_________________.
57.
【答案】 (1). At a sports event, drones can be used to give the spectators (观众) a view from
above or help coaches see how their players are doing. (2). Drones are also becoming a useful
tool for firefighters, helping them find and fight wildfires.
【解析】短文第二段介绍了无人机的用途。根据第二段中的句子 Though drones can be harmful, they can
be very helpful. At a sports event, drones can be used to give the spectators (观众) a view from
above or help coaches see how their players are doing. They are also becoming a useful tool for
firefighters, helping them find and fight wildfires.可知，在体育比赛中，无人机可以用来让观众从上
方观看，或帮助教练了解他们的运动员的表现。它们也成为消防员的有用工具，帮助他们找到和扑灭野火。
故答案为① At a sports event, drones can be used to give the spectators (观众) a view from above
or help coaches see how their players are doing.②Drones are also becoming a useful tool for
firefighters, helping them find and fight wildfires.
58.【答案】Someone with a pilot’s license.
【解析】问题：谁应该被允许拥有无人机？根据第一段中的句子 No one without a pilot’s license should
be allowed to have one. 任何没有飞行员执照的人都不允许拥有无人机，答案为 Someone with a pilot’s
license.。
59.
【答案】No, they can’t . Because they think that if rules are obeyed, there should be little
risk to people and property.
【解析】问题：在一些人看来，无人机在任何时候都能被政府使用吗？为什么？根据最后一段中的句子 Some
people think drones can only be used by governments to help when needed. Others think that if
rules are obeyed, there should be little risk to people and property. 一些人认为，政府只有在需要时
才可以使用无人机来提供帮助。其他人认为，如果遵守规则，对人和财产的风险应该很小。可知，一些人
认为无人机不能无限制地使用，故答案为 No, they can’t . Because they think that if rules are
obeyed, there should be little risk to people and property.。
60.
【答案】 the harmful of drones
【解析】根据第二段中的句子 Drones can become flyaways, and can be caught up on a jet stream (喷
气流) and blown away. A falling drone can do much damage (损害) to buildings and people.可知，
当无人机失去控制后，坠落的无人机会对建筑物和人造成很大的伤害。因此这一段主要介绍了无人机的危
害，故答案为 the harmful of drones。
十八、山东潍坊
四、阅读表达
阅读下面的短文，根据短文后的要求答题。The sun was falling behind the hills .Andrea was driving back home to Brockboune .Then she
saw an old lady , standing by the road ,with a sign saying “Brockboune” in her hand .
Andrea stopped the car .When the old lady got in ,Andrea could see that she was not that little
.She was in a long dress and had a hat pulled down low over her eyes .She put her big brown shopping
bag down onto the floor .
“Do you live in Brockboune ?” asked Andrea . “No , dear ,” answered the old lady in a
low voice , “I’m just going to visit a friend ,but my car won’t start ,so I decided to hitchhike
.”
Something in the way the lady spoke made Andrea uneasy ,Andrea secretly studied the
half-covered face ,the shapeless body ,the arms with their thick black hairs … Thick black hairs
? Andrea’s blood froze .This wasn’t a woman .It was a man !
Her heart was beating wildly and her mind raced . Then suddenly ,an idea came up to her ,She
stopped the car in a sudden . “My God !” she shouted ,“A child ! Did you see the child ? I
think I hit her !”“I didn’t see anything” ,the “old lady” said ,“I don’t think you hit
anything .”“I’m sure it was a child !”shouted Andrea .“Could you just get out and have a
look ?” The “old lady” slowly opened the car door ,leaving her bag inside .As soon as “she
”was out of the car ,Andrea drove away as soon as possible___41___
Several minutes later ,Andrea thought about the “old lady’s ”bag and opened it carefully
.There was only one thing in it --- a shining knife .
41. What’s the Chinese meaning of “hitchhike” in the text ?
_________________________________________________
42. Please list two details that make Andrea doubt about the “old lady” .(请列举让 Andrea 对
“老太太”起疑的两个细节)
(1)__________________________________________________
(2)__________________________________________________
43. How did Andrea get the “old lady” out of her car successfully ?(less than 25words )(请根据短文
内容回答问题，25 词以内)
______________________________________________________
44. Please translate the underlined sentence into Chinese .(请将文中划线句子翻译成汉语，人名直接
用 Andrea)_______________________________________________
45. According to the story ,Andrea was _________ and ________ .(请用两个形容词来评价 Andrea，每空一
词)
41.
【答案】免费搭车；搭（顺风/路）车（意思相近即可）
【解析】根据 standing by the road ,with a sign saying “Brockboune” in her hand 和,but my car
won’t start ,so I decided to 可猜测是“搭顺风车”的意思；故答案是：免费搭车；搭（顺风/路）车
42.
【答案】 (1). She was not that little ./She had a hat pulled down low over her eyes (2). She
answered in a low voice ./The way she spoke ./The half-covered face ./ The shapeless body ./ The
thick black hairs(有其中任意两条即可得分；表达意思相近即可)
【解析】根据 she was not that little .和 had a hat pulled down low over her eyes . 和 the old lady
in a low voice 和 the shapeless body ,the arms with their thick black hairs … Thick black
hairs ? Andrea’s blood froze .This wasn’t a woman .It was a man !可知这些都让安德莉亚起疑心；
故答案是(1). She was not that little ./She had a hat pulled down low over her eyes (2). She
answered in a low voice ./The way she spoke ./The half-covered face ./ The shapeless body ./ The
thick black hairs
43.
【答案】She said she hit a child and asked the “old lady” to get out of the car to have a
look .(答案不唯一，意思相近即可；超出 25 词，酌情扣 0.5-1 分)
【解析】根据“My God !” she shouted ,“A child ! Did you see the child ? I think I hit her !”和“I’m
sure it was a child !”shouted Andrea .“Could you just get out and have a look ?” 她说感觉撞到一个孩
子，让这个“老太太”下去看看，故答案是 She said she hit a child and asked the “old lady” to get
out of the car to have a look .
44.
【答案】 “她”一下车，Andrea 就尽快开走了。（答案不唯一，只要意思相近、表达合理即可得分）
【解析】根据 as soon as 一……就……，be out of 从……出来， drive away 开走， as soon as possible
尽可能快地；故答案是：“她”一下车，Andrea 就尽快开走了。
45.
【答案】 (1). kind/nice/warm (2). clever/bright/smart/wise ; brave (答案不唯一，只要两个形容词不是修饰同类，意思合理即可)
【解析】根据文章她看到老太太在路边，让她搭顺风车，可知她是善良的，后来她发现老太太是个男人时，
她 想 主 意 让 他 下 车 ， 可 知 她 是 聪 明 的 ， 勇 敢 的 ； 故 答 案 是 (1). kind/nice/warm (2).
clever/bright/smart/wise ; brave
十九、湖北鄂州
Laurence Kim Peek was born in Salt Lake City, Utah, on November 11, 1951. He was not like
other children when he was young. A medical scan (扫描) showed that the two halves of his brain
were not connected in the usual way. He developed an amazing memory. He started to read when he
was two. He remembered everything he had read.
To read more quickly, he read the left page with his left eye and the right page with his
right eye. By reading the two pages at the same time, (61)看完一本书花他不到一小时的时间。By the
age of 30, he had memorized around 12,000 books.
However, he did not develop so well in other areas. (62) He could not walk before four years
old , and he had problems putting on his clothes and shoes. His social skills were poor, and he
was extremely sensitive (敏感的) about new people. In 1984, Peek and his father met Hollywood
movie writer Barry Morrow. Morrow was fascinated by Peek and began to write a new play about Peek’s
experiences. The movie Rain Man won an Oscar for Best Picture in 1988. (63) This changed Peek’s
life. (64) He got used to being the center of attention. He became more self-confident. He appeared
on TV and traveled around the country with his father to develop awareness(意识) of his
condition.
Peek was not only an amazing man but also a real Rain Man. Sadly, Peek died of a heart attack
in 2009.
任务一：将 61 处翻译成英文。
41. _______________________________________________
任务二：将 62 处改为复合句。
42. _______________________________________________
任务三：写出 63 处 “this” 指代的内容。
43. _______________________________________________任务四：将 64 处翻译成中文。
44. _______________________________________________
任务五：(65) 找出该文段的中心句。
45. _______________________________________________
41.
【答案】41. It took him less than an hour to read a book. /It took him less than an hour to finish
reading a book. /He spent less than an hour reading a book.
【解析】take 和 spend 都可以表示“花费”，他们用于不同的句型，take 的句型是：It takes sb.+一段时
间+to do sth.花费某人一段时间做某事；spend 的句型是(sb) spend+一段时间+doing sth. 根据文意可知，
短文使用的是一般过去时态，故翻译句子时应用过去时。答案为：It took him less than an hour to read
a book. /It took him less than an hour to finish reading a book. /He spent less than an hour reading
a book
42.
【答案】He could not walk before he was four (years old).
【解析】before 可以作连词或者介词，原文中 before 是介词，后面跟名词构成短语。题目要求改为复合句，
故可用 before 引导时间状语从句，从句中主语为 he；使用一般过去时，was four (years old)，主句不变。
43.
【答案】The movie Rain Man won an Oscar for Best Picture( in 1988).
【解析】This 是一个代词，指代上文内容，找到上句话即可知答案，The movie Rain Man won an Oscar for
Best Picture in 1988. 意为“《雨人》这部电影在 1988 年获得奥斯卡最佳影片奖。”
44.
【答案】他习惯了成为关注的焦点/中心。
【解析】got used to doing…习惯于某事；the center 中心；of…的；attention 关注，注意。故这句话
意为：他习惯了成为关注的焦点/中心。
45.
【答案】Peek was not only an amazing man but also a real Rain Man.
【解析】这篇短文讲述了 Laurence Kim Peek 不平凡的一生，短文最后一段是对整篇文章内容的概括，这一
段的第一句话 Peek was not only an amazing man but also a real Rain Man.“Peek 不仅是一个了不起
的人，而且是一个真正的雨人”，作为文章的中心句比较合适。二十、湖北荆门
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
It may be difficult to start high school. Thinking about making new friends might make you
feel nervous. ____16____ You are going to school with a group of students of your age. Here are
several suggestions for you to follow.
Forget your fear and just talk to someone.
It’s easier said than done. But try to take a deep breath and find your voice. Don’t be
afraid to approach (接近) people. ____17____ Sit in the middle of the classroom with as many new
friends around you as possible.
____18____Take part in after-class activities that interest you. Try to make friends in the
clubs. If you don’t join anything, you will be just going to class and then going home. Being
in a club makes you more social.
Stay clean.
No one likes a bad smell that could knock someone over. Shower everyday, brush your teeth
and wash your hair. ____19____
Be respectful (尊重的) of people’s differences.
____20____ And everyone believes in different things. It is a good thing to have different
friends with different opinions because you can each share your own.
A. Join clubs.
B. Starting a new life might make you excited.
C. But don’t worry, because you are not alone.
D. Everyone has his or her own opinion of the world.
E. If you respect others, others will do the same to you.
F. You are supposed to make yourself look clean and tidy, whatever you wear.
G. Introduce yourself and start a conversation about something you have in common.
16.
【答案】C
【解析】根据下文 You are going to school with a group of students of your age.可知有同龄的学生
一起相伴是不孤单的，备选句子 But don’t worry, because you are not alone.和上文 Thinking about making new friends might make you feel nervous.在语义上是转折关系，符合句意，故选 C。
17.
【答案】G
【解析】根据上文 Don’t be afraid to approach people.可知本句是祈使句结构，表建议，鼓励主动说话；
备选句子 Introduce yourself and start a conversation about something you have in common.建议通
过做自我介绍开始交谈，符合句意结构，故选 G。
18.
【答案】A
【解析】根据 Take part in after-class activities that interest you. Try to make friends in the
clubs.可知本段建议加入俱乐部，备选句子 Join clubs.符合句意，故选 A。
19.
【答案】F
【解析】根据本段小标题 Stay clean.可知建议把自己收拾得干净利索，备选句子 You are supposed to make
yourself look clean and tidy, whatever you wear.不管穿什么你都应该让自己看起来干净整洁，符合句意，
故选 F。
20.
【答案】D
【解析】根据 It is a good thing to have different friends with different opinions because you can
each share your own.可知，不同的人对世界都有各自的看法，备选句子 Everyone has his or her own
opinion of the world.符合句意，故选 D。
二十一、湖北黄冈
第二节 阅读还原
阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容，从短文后方框内的选项中选出能填入文中空白处的最佳选项。（提示：每
个选项只用一次，选项中有一项为多余选项）
Now students’ English handwriting(书写)gets worse and worse That makes their teachers feel
worried. Is your English handwriting beautiful?____40____
Use paper with lines
When you write English words or sentences, you can use paper with lines. That will make your
handwriting straight.____41____ Be sure to fill the lined space completely. And make sure these
capital letters (大写字母) are written properly.
Slow down
If your writing is hard to read, just slow down a little. ____42____If you write too quickly,
it's hard for you to stop where you should, and you may make more mistakes easily.
_____43_____
When you hold your pencil in the correct way, writing is much better. Some kids press down
really hard when they write. That makes the hand writing bad. Try to be relaxed and don’t hold
the pencil so hard. Let your writing appear nice and clean. If you do so, people will guess you
are a student with a good habit.
Draw more pictures
___44___While you are drawing pictures, you need to use the skills to control (控制) your
pencil better. Even though you have no chance to draw at school, you can practice by drawing at
home.
Handwriting is very important. Imagine you are a famous movie star or a well-known sports
player, what do you do when your fans run up to you? Give them your autographs (亲笔签名) , of
course!
A. If not, here are four steps that really work!
B. Hold your pencil right
.C. Drawing can improve your handwriting.
D. We will try to learn English well.
E. Going slower makes your handwriting clearer.
F. Those lines on the paper can help you to write words in the right size.
40.
【答案】A
【解析】细节理解题。根据上文的句子 Is your English handwriting beautiful? 你的英文写的漂亮吗？
可知，下文应该是说如果不漂亮该怎么办。从而提到了解决的办法。结合所给的选项可知，选择 If not, here
are four steps that really work! 如果不是，这里有四个步骤真的很有效！符合语境。故选 A。
41.
【答案】F
【解析】细节理解题。根据上文的句子 When you write English words or sentences, you can use paper
with lines. That will make your handwriting straight. 当你写英文单词或句子时，你可以用带四线三格
的纸，这会使你的笔迹笔直。可知，下文应该是说这些四线三格的作用。结合所给的选项可知，选择 Those
lines on the paper can help you to write words in the right size. 纸上的这些四线三格有助于你正确地书
写单词。符合语境。故选 F。
42.
【答案】E
【解析】细节理解题。根据上文的句子 If your writing is hard to read, just slow down a little. 如果你
的写完之后，很难阅读，那就慢一点。可知，下文应该解释为什么要慢一点写。结合所给的选项可知，选
择 Going slower makes your handwriting clearer.慢一点写会使你的字迹更清楚。符合语境。故选 E。
43.
【答案】B
【解析】细节理解题。根据句子 When you hold your pencil in the correct way, writing is much
better.如果你用正确的方式拿着铅笔，书法会更好。可知，该段介绍正确的拿笔姿势。结合所给的选项可
知，选择小标题：Hold your pencil right. 正确的拿笔姿势。符合语境。故选 B。
44.
【答案】C【解析】细节理解题。根据下文的句子 While you are drawing pictures, you need to use the skills to
control (控制) your pencil better. 当你在画画的时候，你需要运用技巧更好地控制你的铅笔。可知，
这句话是解释了画画可以提高书法的原因。那么上文应该提到画画的作用。结合所给的选项可知，选择
Drawing can improve your handwriting. 画画可以提高你的书法。符合语境。故选 C。
二十二、贵州安顺
任务型阅读。
As we all know, the "rice bowl" culture of China has influenced some Asian countries such
as Japan, Korea and Vietnam since we started to use chopsticks while eating food.
Chopsticks are usually two long thin pieces of wood or bamboo. They can also be made of plastic,
animal bone or metal. (1) The most important thing is that chopsticks are a great invention in
China.
Five thousand years ago people usually cooked their food in large pots, using twigs（小树
枝）to remove it. (2) the population grew, people began cutting food into small
pieces. (3)Food in small pieces could be eaten easily with twigs by people .And twigs were gradually
changed into chopsticks.
Some people think that the famous scholar Confucius living from about 551 BC to 479 BC pushed
the development of chopsticks. Confucius believed that using chopsticks instead of knives would
remind people to stay away from killing and violence at table.
We enjoy our delicious food with our family members or friends while feeling the peaceful
and people-loving world by using chopsticks at table anytime.
76. 请将 1 处下划线的句子译成中文：
______________________________________________________________________
77. 在 2 空处填入一个使语意连贯的连词：
______________________________________________________________________
78. What materials can be used to make chopsticks?
____________________________________________________________________
79. 请将 3 处被动语态的句子转化为主动语态的句子。
________________________________________________________________80. What is a possible title for this passage?
_______________________________________________________________________
76.
【答案】最重要的是筷子是中国的一项伟大发明。
【解析】句意：最重要的是筷子是中国的一项伟大发明。考查英译汉。本句是表语从句，主语 The most
important thing 最重要的事情，表语是 that chopsticks are a great invention in China：筷子是中国的
一项伟大发明；故答案是最重要的是筷子是中国的一项伟大发明。
77.
【答案】As / When/ After
【解析】句意：随着人口的增长，人们开始把食物切成小块。/当人口增长时，人们开始把食物切成小块。
/人口增长后，人们开始把食物切成小块。考查细节理解。根据上文 Five thousand years ago people usually
cooked their food in large pots, using twigs（小树枝）to remove it.（5000 年前，人们通常用大锅
煮食物，用树枝把它拿开。）可知“随着人口的增长/当人口增长时/人口增长后，人们开始把食物切成小
块。”可知填 As / When/ After。
78.
【答案】Wood, bamboo, plastic, animal bone and metal.
【解析】题意：什么材料可以用来做筷子？考查细节理解。根据第 2 段第 1 句 Chopsticks are usually two
long thin pieces of wood or bamboo. They can also be made of plastic, animal bone or metal.（筷子通常
是两根长而薄的木头或竹子。它们也可以由塑料、动物骨或金属制成。）可知筷子用木头、竹子、塑料、动
物骨或金属制成；故答案是 Wood, bamboo, plastic, animal bone and metal.。
79.
【答案】People could eat food in small pieces easily with twigs.／People could easily eat food
in
small pieces with twigs.
【解析】题意：请将 3 处被动语态的句子转化为主动语态的句子。主动语态改为被动语态时，分三步，1.
被动语态的中加 by+动作执行者（by people），改为主动语态的主语。2. 被动语态的句子的谓语动词“could
be+动词的过去分词”（could be eaten），改为 could +动词原形（could eat）；3.被动语态的主语（Food），
在主动语态中作宾语；其他成分照抄。故此句 Food in small pieces could be eaten easily with twigs
by people .改为主动语态是 People could eat food in small pieces easily with twigs.／People could
easily eat food in small pieces with twigs.。80.
【答案】Chopsticks Culture/ Chopsticks/Culture of Chinese Chopsticks at table/ A great invention
一 chopsticks
【解析】题意：这篇文章可能的标题是什么？考查主旨理解。本文主要谈论中国的筷子。根据本文主要内
容这篇文章可能的标题是 Chopsticks Culture（筷子文化）/ Chopsticks（筷子）/Culture of Chinese
Chopsticks at table（餐桌的中国筷子文化）/ A great invention------chopsticks.（一项伟大的发明
----筷子）。
二十三、北京
阅读短文，根据短文内容回答问题。
Huge Waves Destroying Arctic Ice Faster than Expected
Ice covers much of the Arctic Ocean（北冰洋）. Some pieces of ice are huge, like moving
islands. As temperatures have increased, however, some of the ice has begun to disappear.
Scientists have discovered huge waves（海浪）in the arctic waters.
The waves were discovered by accident in May, 2010. Scientist Aleksey Marchenko and his
students set out on a trip. They wanted to study the icy waters.
On May 2, the ship traveled east and stopped next to a large chunk of ice around 50 miles
from the small island of Hopen. Marchenko prepared to lead his students out onto the Ice.
"We were ready to go but when I went out, I discovered many cracks（裂缝）around," he
remembers.
He decided to move the ship deeper into the ice to keep safe. The farther in they went, he
thought, the harder the ice would become. As they pushed forward, however, the ship experienced
small waves, and then bigger ones. Soon, the waves broke up the ice around the ship into thousands
of smaller pieces．
Within an hour, Marchenko and his team saw a wave that was about 13 feet high. The ship's navigation（航行）system finally recorded the largest waves. They were more than 20 feet in height.
The waves were so strong that they forced huge pieces of ice to jump up and down, breaking the
ice into smaller pieces within just one hour. Scientists had never imagined that the process could
happen so fast. The waves in these areas used to be small.
The speed and force of the huge waves there makes it impossible to know in advance when they
are coming. That could be dangerous for navigators and local communities who are unprepared for
huge waves or depend on sea ice to protect them. Wildlife like polar bears and walruses that depend
on sea ice to live is also in danger.
Some scientists think people will soon see even bigger waves in these icy waters. As waves
break up ice, the seas will become more open, and the waves will get even stronger. There are
stormy times ahead.
34. When did Marchenko and his students discover huge waves in the arctic waters?
35. Why did Marchenko and his students set out on the trip?
36. What did Marchenko decide to do to keep safe?
37. How high were the largest waves recorded by the navigation system?
38. What is Paragraph 7 mainly about?
34.
【答案】In May.2010.
【解析】根据短文第二段开头 The waves were discovered by accident in May, 2010.可知，这些巨大的
海浪是在 2019 年五月份，被科学家 Aleksey Marchenko 和他的学生们发现的。故答案为 In May 2010.
35.
【答案】Because they wanted to study the icy waters.
【解析】根据短文第二段中 Scientist Aleksey Marchenko and his students set out on a trip. They
wanted to study the icy waters.可知，Marchenko 和他的学生想要研究冰冷的海水。故答案为 Because they
wanted to study the icy waters.
36.
【答案】He moved the ship deeper into the ice.
【解析】根据短文第五段 He decided to move the ship deeper into the ice to keep safe.可知，为了
安全，Marchenko 决定把船开到冰更深的地方。故回答 He moved the ship deeper into the ice.
37.【答案】More than 20 feet.
【解析】根据短文第六段 The ship's navigation（航行）system finally recorded the largest waves.
They were more than 20 feet in height.可知，导航系统记录的最大的海浪有 20 多英尺高。故答案为 More
than 20 feet.
38.
【答案】The damage of the huge waters to people and wildlife in Arctic.
【解析】根据短文第七段 That could be dangerous for navigators and local communities who are
unprepared for huge waves or depend on sea ice to protect them. Wildlife like polar bears and
walruses that depend on sea ice to live is also in danger.可知，这一段中主要介绍了巨大的海浪对航海
人员、当地社区以及野生动物的危害。故答案为 The damage of the huge waters to people and wildlife
in Arctic.
二十四、湖北孝感
七、任务型阅读 阅读短文, 按要求完成所给任务。
A middle-aged man, Xu Shijie, from Kaifeng is a pedicab (三轮车）driver, or rather, a tour
guide. Over the past 15 years, he has served hundreds of foreign tourists. He told them stories
about Kaifeng in English.
① With the help of a dictionary, he read English magazines and books in his spare
time. He also kept a diary in English. Thus, he could learn more new words and grammar.
He first talked to a foreign tourist in 2003. He was nervous and not sure whether the tourist
could understand him or not. Luckily, the tourist understood him and they talked happily that
day.
Since then, Xu has studied English even harder. He practiced listening and speaking skills
every night. In order to provide a better introduction to Kaifeng, he has also read lots of books
about the city's history and culture. Xu is now better known as Jason, his English name. He has
become the most popular pedicab driver in Kaifeng. ② He often helps tourists buy train
tickets or medicine. Sometimes, he also helps them find quality hotels. Many people call Xu a
culture ambassador. XU said he would try his best to live up to the praise and make Chinese culture
known to the world.58. 下面四个选项中选出能填入文中 ①: 和 ②: 处的最佳选项。
A. Xu has learned English all by himself.
B. At first, people laughed at Xu’s poor pronunciation of English.
C. Foreign tourists don’t care about Xu’s best service.
D. This is not only because he can speak English, but also because he is warm-hearted.
59. Translate the underlined sentences into Chinese.
_______________________________________________________
60. What does the passage mainly talk about?
________________________________________________________
58.
【答案】AD
【解析】根据 With the help of a dictionary, he read English magazines and books in his spare
time.可知许世杰自学了英语，备选句子 Xu has learned English all by himself.符合句意，故①处选
A；根据 He has become the most popular pedicab driver in Kaifeng.结合下文 He often helps tourists
buy train tickets or medicine.可知需陈述许世杰受欢迎的原因，备选句子 This is not only because he
can speak English, but also because he is warm-hearted.符合句意，故②处选 D。
59.
【答案】他很紧张，不确定那位游客是否能听懂他
【解析】nervous 紧张的；not sure 不确定；whether or not 是否；the tourist 那位游客；could 能；
understand him 理解他。根据句意结构，可知填：他很紧张，不确定那位游客是否能听懂他。
60.
【答案】Xu Shijie learned English by himself and he introduced Kaifeng / Chinese culture
【解析】这篇文章主要讲了什么?考查文意理解。根据短文内容，结合 he has served hundreds of foreign
tourists. He told them stories about Kaifeng in English.可知许世杰自学了英语并长期介绍开封/中
国文化，故填 Xu Shijie learned English by himself and he introduced Kaifeng / Chinese culture。
二十五、四川广安任务型阅读
阅读下面的短文,然后根据文章内容简要回答 91 至 95 小题,并将答案写在答题卡上相应的位置。
Stephen Hawking was born in England in 1942．He's one of the most famous scientists on space and
time in the world. He is called the King of the Universe．
He studied math and science at Oxford University，then he became seriously ill，which made him
unable to speak or breathe without the help of machines．
He went on to study at Cambridge University after graduating from Oxford University．In
1965，he got a Doctor's Degree of philosophy（哲学）．Because of his serious illness，it was difficult
for him to draw diagrams or to write．So he started to think in pictures．With this new way of
thinking，he is respected by people in the world．Then in 1988，he wrote his first important
book，A Brief History of Time．It was sold more than 5.5 million copies in over 33 different
languages．He was once invited to China to give lectures（做演讲）．His self-confidence and humouous
conversations impressed us deeply．
71. Was Hawking born in England? (no more than 3 words)
_________________________________________________
72. What did Hawking study at Oxford University? (no more than 3 words)
_________________________________________________
73. When did Hawking get his Doctor's Degree of philosophy? (no more than 2 words)
_________________________________________________
74. What's the name of Hawking's first important book? (no more than 5 word)
_________________________________________________
75. Where was Hawking once invited to give lectures? (1 word)
_________________________________________________
71.
【答案】Yes, he was./Yes.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Stephen Hawking was born in England in 1942．史蒂芬·霍金 1942 年出生于英
国。可知，要用肯定回答，此空故填 Yes, he was./Yes.
72.
【答案】Math and science
【解析】细节理解题。根据 He studied math and science at Oxford University，他在牛津大学学习数学和科学，可知，此空故填 Math and science.
73.
【答案】In 1965
【解析】细节理解题。根据 In 1965，he got a Doctor's Degree of philosophy（哲学）．1965 年，他获
得哲学博士学位。可知，此空故填 In 1965.
74.
【答案】A Brief History Of Time
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Then in 1988，he wrote his first important book，A Brief History of
Time．然后在 1988 年，他写了第一本重要的书《时间简史》。可知，此空故填 A Brief History Of Time.
75.
【答案】China
【解析】细节理解题。根据 He was once invited to China to give lectures（做演讲）．他曾应邀到中国做
演讲。可知，此空故填 China.
二十六、四川南充
第四节 阅读填空
阅读短文，根据短文内容，在短文后的空格里填入最恰当的单词（每空限填一词），并将答案写在答题卡相
应编号后的横线上。
On March 31, 2019, a wildfire in Liangshan Yi autonomous prefecture（凉山彝族自治州）led to
31 deaths, including 27 firefighters. And on May 1st, 2016, in Alberta, Canada, a wildfire destroyed
an area of nearly 700 square miles. More than 88, 000 people had to leave their homes and thousands
of homes were destroyed.
Wildfires are unexpected, unplanned. And the cause of most wildfires is unsure. To bum,
wildfires require the right conditions-fuel, oxygen and heat. And global warring is one of the
most important reasons. The high temperatures and dry conditions make the fire spread quickly.
In many parts of the world, wildfires happen naturally. They are started by lighting（闪电）or
some other special weather conditions. In recent years, there have been more wildfires because
of dry, hot weather, and changeable weather patterns because of global warning.
However, many fires are started by people. Sometimes, people clear land for farming. Besides, there are smokers who accidentally set fires.
Wildfires can cause a lot of smoke, which will pollute the air. Lots of lives, property（财产）and
valuable forests will soon disappear in wildfires. When trees are burnt down, and heavy rain follows,
more disasters such as terrible floods will happen.
Wildfires
Events
31 lives lost in the wildfire in Liangshan Yi autonomous prefecture.
The wildfire in Canada ___61___ thousands of homes.
____62____
By nature:
1.Lighting or some other special weather conditions.
2. Global warming ____63____ to high temperatures and dry conditions.
By people:
People clear the land for farting.
2. Smoke set fires by ___64___.
Influence
Wildfires can cause a lot of air ____65____.
Lives, property and valuable forests disappear.
More disasters will happen.
61.
【答案】destroyed/ruined/damaged
【解析】根据文中 And on May 1st, 2016, in Alberta, Canada, a wildfire destroyed an area of nearly
700 square miles. More than 88, 000 people had to leave their homes and thousands of homes were
destroyed.可知，加拿大的野火造成了成千上万的房屋毁坏。故填 destroyed/ruined/damaged
62.
【答案】Causes/Reasons
【解析】通读整篇短文可知，造成火灾的原因有：自然的原因；人为的原因；意外的烟火；这里是说原因，
Causes/Reasons 原因，造成；根据题意，故填 Causes/Reasons。
63.
【答案】 leads【解析】根据文中 And global warring is one of the most important reasons. The high temperatures
and dry conditions make the fire spread quickly.可知，全球变暖导致高温和干燥条件。短语 lead to…
表示导致。这里是一般现在时态，谓语动词变第三人称单数。根据题意，故填 leads。
64.
【答案】accident/chance
【解析】根据文中 However, many fires are started by people. Sometimes, people clear land for
farming. Besides, there are smokers who accidentally set fires.可知，意外/偶然的烟雾引发火灾。
故填 accident/chance。
65.
【答案】pollution/problems
【解析】根据文中 Wildfires can cause a lot of smoke, which will pollute the air. Lots of
lives, property（财产）and valuable forests will soon disappear in wildfires. When trees are burnt
down, and heavy rain follows, more disasters such as terrible floods will happen.可知，野火会
造成大量的空气污染/问题。生命、财产和珍贵的森林会消失。更多的灾难会发生。这里是说造成许多空气
污染或问题。pollution/problems 的意思是“污染，问题”。故填 pollution/problems。
二十七、重庆 B 卷
任务型阅读。
Dr.Wang
Hi, there!
I’m here to help with any of your problems, whether at school or
at home.
@ Dr. Wang
What should say to my little brother? Sophia
My problem is terrible.
My mum gave us a new baby a couple of years ago. We were really happy
then, but this lovely baby has grown up!
He seems to have too much energy, and never stops running or shouting. The door doesn’t help at all—he’ll be knocking at it for ages.
I can’t study at home. I really can’t stand this, but what should
I say to four-year-old boy? And my parents are around him all the
time. They seem to forget everything about me. How I miss those sweet
old days when we could just sit in the sofa!
Can you help me out?
@ Sophia
Dr. Wang
That’s a common complaint. I know how awful it is when someone keeps
knocking at the door, but doesn’t that mean the little one wants
to stay with you? Just as you want to have your parents around, he
needs your attention! If this doesn’t make you feel better, ask your
parents for some help. Just have a talk with your parents. Ask them
to calm our little brother down or take him out when you are doing
your homework. And tell them that you also need their attention!
Family life might not always be as sweet as those old days. Sometimes
we have to wait until what troubles us today becomes part of those
sweet old days.
45. Was Sophia happy to have little brother at first?
_____________________________________
46. How old is Sophia’s little brother now?
____________________________________
47. What problems does Sophia have?
____________________________________
48. Do you think someone else like Dr. Wang for help is the best choice for Sophia? Why or Why
not?
____________________________________
45.【答案】Yes,she was.
【解析】问题：一开始索菲娅很高兴有个小弟弟吗？根据表格第二栏 Sophia 的介绍“My mum gave us a new
baby a couple of years ago. We were really happy then, but this lovely baby has grown up!”可
知，索菲娅对刚出生的小弟弟感到很高兴，故答案为 Yes, she was.。
46.
【答案】He’s four years old.
【解析】问题：索菲亚的弟弟现在多大了？根据表格第二栏 Sophia 的介绍“I really can’t stand
this, but what should I say to four-year-old boy?”可知，索菲亚的弟弟今年 4 岁了，故答案为 He’s
four years old.。
47.
【答案】She doesn’t have a special place to study and her parent pay less attention to her because
of her little brother./Her little brother makes too much noise for her to study and draws less
much of her parents' attention.
【解析】问题：索菲娅遇到了什么问题？根据表格第二栏 Sophia 的介绍“He seems to have too much
energy, and never stops running or shouting. The door doesn’t help at all—he’ll be knocking
at it for ages. I can’t study at home. I really can’t stand this And my parents are around him
all the time. They seem to forget everything about me.”可知，索菲娅四岁的弟弟经常吵闹影响她学习，
而妈妈的注意力也在弟弟身上，对索菲娅缺少关注。故答案为 She doesn’t have a special place to study
and her parent pay less attention to her because of her little brother./Her little brother makes
too much noise for her to study and draws less much of her parents' attention.。
48.
【答案】Yes.Because when we are in trouble and can’t get rid of it by ourselves， advice from
some people like Dr.Wang is the best help./No,I don’t think so.Because family problems can only
be advised by family members.Others know too little of the family to give helpful advice.
【解析】问题：你认为向王博士这样的人寻求帮助是索菲亚的最佳选择吗？为什么？为什么不？Yes.
Because when we are in trouble and can’t get rid of it by ourselves, advice from some people
like Dr. Wang is the best help./No, I don’t think so. Because family problems can only be advised
by family members. Others know too little of the family to give helpful advice.是的，因为当我
们遇到麻烦，不能够自己解决问题的时候，像王博士这样的人的建议是最好的帮助。/不，我不这么认为。
因为家庭问题只能由家庭成员来建议。其他人对家庭了解太少，无法提供有用的建议。（回答言之有理即可）二十八、四川眉山
补全短文阅读下面短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的 A—E 选项中选出适当的选项补全短文，使短文完整、
通顺。
A．He also wrote the sport’s official rules.
B．Soccer is the world’s favorite sport.
C．Soccer performances are pleasing to the eyes.
D．It’s hard to say where soccer’s birthplace is.
E．But one reason is how simple the sport is.
____46____ It has around 3 billion fans — nearly half the world’s population! And about 300
million people play this game. That’s 4 percent of the world’s population!
____47____ Many people in old days played early forms of this modern game. Cuju(蹴鞠)，a
ball-kicking game in China, was reported as early as 2,500 B.C. Around the same time in Greece,
people were also playing a similar ball game with any part of the body except hands.
But modern soccer didn’t become official(官方的) until 1863. An Englishman called Cobb Morley
introduced the idea of a soccer association(联盟). ____48____ From then on, other associations
in the countries were set up. They came together to build up the FIFA, which organizes the World
Cup.
It’s not easy to tell what makes soccer so popular. ____49____ Soccer needs only two feet and
a ball. This makes it a sport that developing countries can easily play. Some of the sport’s
best players come from these poor nations.
____50____ The sport’s no-hands rule makes beautiful dance — like movements on the field. What’s
more, this sport excites the heart. Teams might score only a few times each match, so matches
can turn around suddenly.
No one knows who will win at the next World Cup. But one thing is certain: The world will be watching.
46.
【答案】B
【解析】根据 It has around 3 billion fans — nearly half the world’s population! And about 300 million people play this game 可知，足球有 30 亿粉丝，接近世界一般的人口，并且大约有 3 亿人踢足
球，说明足球是世界上最受欢迎的运动，故选 B。
47.
【答案】D
【解析】根据 Many people in old days played early forms of this modern game 可知，在古代，许多
人以不同的形式玩这个游戏，下文举了中国和希腊两个例子，说明足球的起源地在哪里很难说，故选 D。
48.
【答案】A
【解析】根据 But modern soccer didn’t become official(官方的) until 1863. An Englishman called
Cobb Morley introduced the idea of a soccer association(联盟)以及 From then on, other associations
in the countries were set up 可知，足球直到 1863 年才成为官方的体育运动，且根据 A 项中的 also 可知，
表示他介绍了足球联盟这一想法，并且也写了官方规则从那时起，国际足球协会才成立，故选 A。
49.
【答案】E
【解析】根据 It’s not easy to tell what makes soccer so popular 可知，什么让足球变得流行不容易说，
根据 E 项中的 but 可知，表示转折，即“但是一个理由就是这个运动很简单，所以受欢迎”，故选 E
50.
【答案】C
【解析】根据 The sport’s no-hands rule makes beautiful dance — like movements on the field 可知，
足球比赛不需要手，所以就像一场美丽的舞蹈，说明足球表演吸引眼球，故选 C。
二十九、江西
B)请先阅读下面短文掌提其大意然后根据短文内容从下面方框内的七个选项中选择五
个还原到文中使短文意思通顺、结构完整并在答题卡上将其序号涂黑。
Experts in nutrition(营养) suggest that we should eat at least five different kinds of
vegetables and fruit a day. They are very necessary for our health and help our bodies work well.
They can help reduce (减少) the risk of getting ill. There are a lot of vegetables and fruit to
choose from and they taste delicious. ____49____
It's easy to buy our food from the local supermarket, so why do we go to the trouble of growing our own? Here are several good reasons:
____50____ You can pick and eat it at once. When you have tried it you will agree that vegetables
and fruit that are eaten straight from the garden taste better than anything you can buy in a
supermarket.
You may want to cut down on your "food miles"-the distance that a product has travelled before
it reaches your kitchen. Many food packages are flown halfway across the earth. ___51___
Homegrown food is likely to be healthier. Food producers often use fertilizers(化肥) and
pesticides (农药) which can end up in your food. If you grow your own, things are different.___52___
You might also choose to grow some traditional vegetables and fruit. These often have more of
the vitamins, minerals(矿物质) and protein(蛋白质) that keep you healthy.
___53___ And you can grow your own even if you only have a small backyard or a balcony(R E).
Some food can grow well in pots, including lettuce, tomatoes, potatoes and carrots. You can recycle
plastic bottles and cups to grow something. Just make sure there are holes for drainage (排水)
and a small plate under them to catch drops of water.
Happy gardening!
A. Best of all, you can grow your own!.
B. But where to grow your own is a problem.
C. That’s not so good for you, or for the planet.
D. Food that you grow yourself is always fresh.
E. If you have a large garden, growing your own is easy.
F. You can control what goes on and into the food you eat.
G. So it's better to eat more vegetables and fruit in our daily life.
49.
【答案】A
【解析】根据 It's easy to buy our food from the local supermarket, so why do we go to the trouble
of growing our own? Here are several good reasons:和选项，可知是最好你自己种植，起到引领下文的作
用；故选 A。
50.
,【答案】D
【解析】根据 You can pick and eat it at once. When you have tried it, you will agree that vegetables
and fruit that are eaten straight from the garden taste better than anything you can buy in a
supermarket.和选项，可知是你自己种的很新鲜，起到引领下文的作用；故选 D。
51.
【答案】C
【解析】根据 You may want to cut down on your "food miles"-the distance that a product has travelled
before it reaches your kitchen. Many food packages are flown halfway across the earth 和选项，
可知是那对你或对行星都不好，起到衔接上文的作用；故选 C。
52.
【答案】F
【解析】根据 Homegrown food is likely to be healthier. Food producers often use fertilizers(化
肥) and pesticides (农药) which can end up in your food. If you grow your own, things are different
和选项，可知是你能控制什么进到你吃的食物里，起到衔接上文的作用；故选 F。
53.
【答案】E
【解析】根据 And you can grow your own even if you only have a small backyard or a balcony(R
E). Some food can grow well in pots, including lettuce, tomatoes, potatoes and carrots. You can
recycle plastic bottles and cups to grow something. Just make sure there are holes for drainage
(排水) and a small plate under them to catch drops of water.和选项，可知是如果你有一个大花园，
自己种植很容易，起到引起下文的作用；故选 E。
三十、广东
六、读写综合
A. 信息归纳
请阅读一篇有关 2019 亚洲文明对话大会之亚美食节广州站(The Asian Cuisine Festival Guangzhou)的短
文,根据所提供的信息完成信息卡,把答案写在答题卡指定的位置上。Information Card
The purpose of the Asian Cuisine Festival
Guangzhou
___51___
The number of the top restaurants on the visit ___52___
The thing that the hand-painted picture was
about
___53___
The way to make traditional food in this
festival
___54___
The things that Guangzhou is well-known for ___55___
51.
【答案】To encourage communication among Asian countries.
【解析】根据 The Asian Cuisine Festival Guangzhou was held to encourage communication among Asian countries.可知这个美食节的目的是为了亚洲国家之间相互交流；故填 To encourage communication among
Asian countries.。
52.
【答案】24/Twenty-four.
【解析】根据 Visitors have enjoyed all the best food of Asia in one city,with the list of the 24
top restaurants in Guangzhou.可知参展的顶级餐馆的数量是 24 个；故填 24/Twenty-four.。
53.
【答案】The cuisine choices along the Pearl River.
【解析】根据 A 1.2 –meter-long hand-painted picture was published.The picture was about the
cuisine choices along the Pearl River.可知这幅手绘的画是关于沿着珠江美食的选择；故填 The cuisine
choices along the Pearl River.。
54.
【答案】 By using modern technology.
【解析】根据 Food and technology companies were also invited to show how to make troditional food
by using modern technology.可知是用现代技术做传统食物；故填 By using modern technology.。
55.
【答案】Rich food and culture.
【解析】根据 Guangzhou, the capital of Guangdong ,is well-known for its rich food and its
culture.可知广州因它的美食和文化而著名；故填 Rich food and culture。
三十一、河北
IX. 任务型阅读 (共 5 小题，每小题 2 分，计 10 分)
阅读短文，并按要求完成以下题。
Critical thinking(批判性思维) is trying to improve the way you think. People use critical
thinking in every area of life to solve problems and evaluate claims(评估主张).
Like every other skill, critical thinking takes practice. When a problem comes our way, we
need to think critically to decide how to solve it. When we see an advertisement, for example,
we should stop and think. Advertisements are made to make people feel certain that they are true,
and then people can buy the products. But is what the advertisement says true? Is it making a claim? Or does it only interest us? Critical thinking is important and stops us from making poor
choices. In fact, we are using it if we ask questions naturally about what we see.
Practice makes perfect. While you are growing in critical thinking, you’ll become a wiser
and more thoughtful person. There are many ways of doing practice. Here are a few.
★ Read about a topic people disagree on. Look at articles or books on all sides of the
subject. For each side of the subject, think carefully and evaluate it.
★ When you see or hear a claim, ask questions about it. Who is making the claim and why?
★Evaluate your own thinking. Where and why do you think uncritically? How can you improve?
Critical thinking should be part of everything we do. It may help you to succeed at work or
school. Make yourself into a habit of critical thinking. Change your thoughts and change your
world.
1、2 题完成句子；3 题简略回答问题；4 题找出并写下第二段的主题句；5 题将文中画线句子译成汉语。
61. People use critical thinking to _____________________________ and evaluate claims.
62. Critical thinking can stop us from _____________________________.
63. What kind of person will you become as you grow in critical thinking?
_____________________________
64. _____________________________
65. _____________________________
61.
【答案】solve problems.
【解析】根据 People use critical thinking in every area of life to solve problems and evaluate
claims(评估主张)可知是来解决问题；故填 solve problems。
62.
【答案】making poor choices.
【解析】根据 Critical thinking is important and stops us from making poor choices.可知能阻止我
们做糟糕的选择；故填 making poor choices。
63.
【答案】I’ll become a wiser and more thoughtful person.
【解析】根据 While you are growing in critical thinking, you’ll become a wiser and more thoughtful
person.将会成为一个睿智的、更有思想的人；故答案是 I’ll become a wiser and more thoughtful person.。
64.
【答案】 Like every other skill, critical thinking takes practice.
【解析】根据 Like every other skill, critical thinking takes practice.和第二段内容主要讲锻炼批
判性思维；故答案是 Like every other skill, critical thinking takes practice。
65.
【答案】它可能在工作或学校帮助你成功。
【解析】根据 help sb to do 帮助某人做某事， at work or school 在工作和学校；故答案是：它可能在工作
或学校帮助你成功。
三十二、山西
请阅读下面图文内容，按要求完成所给任务，并将答案写在答题卡相应的位置上。
In a school, you may hear a student saying in Chinese，“我对汉语很感兴趣。“___44___but
you're not in China. You're in a foreign country. Like the student, many foreigners are learning
Chinese. But it's not easy. The Chinese use a different character( 汉 字 ) for each word. People
have to memorize about 600 characters before they can do even basic reading and writing. For
foreigners, it's hard to memorize them. And the following chart shows the top 3 difficulties
for foreigners while learning Chinese.
However, Chinese is more popular around the world today. The long history and colorful
culture of China attract many foreigners to learn Chinese. With the rapid development, China is staying ahead in many fields and is playing its role in the world. Chinese is becoming a
global (全球的) language and its popularity has risen around the world. Many countries set
up Chinese courses in their schools.
For example, in the UK, students used to choose between Spanish, Latin, French and other
foreign languages. But now schools encourage their students to study Chinese. The increase
in popularity of Chinese has been surprising. 1031 people took Chinese language exams in 2001,
and the number was 2062 last year, while 2561 people chose Spanish. It's predicted that studying
Chinese in the UK could overtake (超过) Spanish in less than five years.
Just like the foreigners do, we also learn foreign languages. Different languages carry
different cultures. So exchanges are necessary. By learning a foreign language, we not only
have a useful tool of communicating, but experience a new culture, what's more important,
learning a foreign language well will help us tell our own stories to the world.
44. Please translate the underlined sentence into English.
45. According to the passage, why is it difficult for foreigners to learn Chinese?
46. Please translate the underlined sentence into Chinese.
47. How does the UN celebrates Chinese Language Day?
48. Compared with 2001, how many more people took Chinese language exams in the UK last year?
What does the result tell us?
49. What can you do by learning a foreign language?
44.
【答案】 I’m very/ really/ quite interested in Chinese./ I take / show a great interest in
Chinese/...
【解析】根据句意可知，这句话中可以使用短语 be interested in…意为“对…感兴趣”；或者动词短语
take/show interest in….。这句话表示客观事实，应用一般现在时，故应该是：I’m very/ really/ quite
interested in Chinese./ I take / show a great interest in Chinese.
45.
【答案】Because they have to memorize a large number of characters./ Because Chinese characters
are not easy to write./ Because the same word has different meaningin different sentences./ Because
they have difficulties in reading poems.(答出其中一条即可)。【解析】根据短文第一段中 The Chinese use a different character( 汉 字 ) for each word. People have
to memorize about 600 characters before they can do even basic reading and writing. For foreigners,
it's hard to memorize them.可知，外国人觉得汉语难学，其中一个原因是他们要记住大量的汉字。短文
中的表格中也列出了一些其他的困难，如写汉字、不同句子中汉字的意思不同以及读汉语诗歌的困难等等。
故答案为 Because they have to memorize a large number of characters./ Because Chinese characters
are not easy to write./ Because the same word has different meaningin different sentences./ Because
they have difficulties in reading poems.
46.
【答案】中国悠久的历史和灿烂的文化吸引了许多外国人学习中文。
【解析】The long history 悠久的历史；colorful culture 灿烂的文化，这两个并列的名词短语是该句的
主语；attract 吸引，是谓语动词；many foreigners 许多外国人；to learn Chinese 学习汉语。故该句意
为：中国悠久的历史和灿烂的文化吸引了许多外国人学习中文。
47.
【答案】It holds colorful activities./ By holding colorful activities.
【解析】根据短文中 As one of the six official working languages of the United Nations, Chinese
Language Day has been celebrated since 2011. The UN holds colorful activities on this day 可知，
在汉语日这一天，联合国举行丰富多彩的活动来庆祝。故答案为 It holds colorful activities./ By
holding colorful activities.
48.
【答案】1031. (It tells us) the increase in popularity of Chinese is surprising in the UK./ Chinese
is becoming more and more popular in the UK.
【解析】根据短文中 1031 people took Chinese language exams in 2001, and the number was 2062 last
year, while 2561 people chose Spanish. It's predicted that studying Chinese in the UK could overtake
(超过) Spanish in less than five years.可知，2001 年参加汉语考试的有 1031 人，去年参加的有 2012
人，多了 1031 人。这说明越来越多的英国人学习汉语，汉语在英国变得越来越受欢迎。故回答 1031. (It
tells us) the increase in popularity of Chinese is surprising in the UK./ Chinese is becoming
more and more popular in the UK.
49.
【答案】We / I can tell our own stories to the world./ We/ I can spread colorful Chinese culture
to the world. / We/ I can teach foreign people Chinese./ We/ I can have more chances to find a good job.
【 解 析 】 短 文 的 最 后 By learning a foreign language, we not only have a useful tool of
communicating, but experience a new culture, what's more important, learning a foreign language
well will help us tell our own stories to the world.这几句话讲述了学习外语的作用，学生们也可以根据
实际情况回答，符合情理即可。如 We / I can tell our own stories to the world./ We/ I can spread
colorful Chinese culture to the world. / We/ I can teach foreign people Chinese./ We/ I can have
more chances to find a good job.
三十三、甘肃兰州
六、任务型阅读理解
阅读下面的短文,按要求完成后面的小题
Traveling by subway can sometimes be a challenge, especially during rush hour. You have to
fight your way into the carriage(车厢), and keep away from others' hot water. The smells of some
passengers' food are very strong, too.
Since April, the local government of Beijing has collected public opinions on the new Beijing
Subway Passenger Rules. The rules say that if passengers have bad manners while on the subway,
they will end up with bad credit(信用) scores or even being refused by the subway. Four kinds
of behaviors(行为) were added to the new rules. They include stealing others' seats, eating or
drinking, handing out advertisements, and not paying for the tickets.
As for eating and drinking on the subway, ①不同的人有不同的观点. Some people support the
rules that all passengers except babies and people with certain health problems are not allowed
to eat or drink on the subway. ②The have pointed out that the smell of food and drink can make
other passengers unhappy.
However, others question this rule, saying that drinking water should be allowed ③____
people can get thirsty after long rides on the crowded subway.
51. What has the local government of Beijing collected since April?
52. Please list two kinds of bad behaviors on the subway according to the new rules.
53. 请将文中①处画线句子翻译成英语。54. 请将文中②处画线句子翻译成汉语。
55. 请在文中③处填入一个适当的连词。
51.
【答案】The public opinions on the new Beijing Subway Passenger Rules.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Since April, the local government of Beijing has collected public opinions
on the new Beijing Subway Passenger Rules. 自今年 4 月以来，北京市政府就新的《北京地铁乘客守则》
征求了公众意见。故答案为：The public opinions on the new Beijing Subway Passenger Rules.
52.
【答案】Stealing others' seats and eating or drinking.(答案不唯一，是文中第二段最后一句中提到
的不好的行为中的两种就可以)
【解析】细节理解题。题干的意思是：请根据新规定列出地铁上的两种不良行为。根据 Four kinds of
behaviors(行为) were added to the new rules. They include stealing others' seats, eating or
drinking, handing out advertisements, and not paying for the tickets. 新规则中增加了四种行为。
包括抢别人的座位，吃或喝，发广告，逃票。所以答案为：Stealing others' seats and eating or
drinking.
53.
【答案】different people have different opinions
【解析】汉语译成英语。不同的人：different people；不同的观点：different opinions；这里的
“有”，用 have，因为主语 different people 是复数，是指某人有某物。故答案为：different people have
different opinions。
54.
【答案】他们指出食物和饮料的味道会使其他的乘客不开心。
【解析】英语译成汉语。point out：指出；the smell of food and drink：食物和饮料的味道；can：会，
能；other passengers：其他的乘客；unhappy：不开心；make sb. do sth. 使某人做某事。由 have pointed
out 可知，本题的时态为现在完成时。所以答案为：他们指出食物和饮料的味道会使其他的乘客不开心。
55.
【答案】 because
【解析】细节理解题。该句话的意思是：然而，也有人质疑这一规定，他们说应该允许饮用水，因为人们
在拥挤的地铁上坐了很长时间后就会口渴。句子 drinking water should be allowed 和 people can get
thirsty after long rides on the crowded subway.之间存在着因果关系，因此应该填连词 because。语境是：应该允许人们喝水，因为人们在拥挤的地铁上坐了很长时间后就会口渴。故答案为：because。
三十四、黑龙江齐齐哈尔
(F)
I am a plastic bottle. a week ago, I was on a supermarket shelf. I had a normal life, the
same as all my brothers and sisters-other bottles full (A) water. I felt really happy.
Then a tall woman picked me up and put me in her basket! The woman took me home and put me
in the fridge. I felt cold, but I soon made friends with the cans and bottles in it. However,
only a few hours later, she took me out of the fridge and drank the water inside me. Then she
threw me into a dustbin. (C) I felt very lonely.
Early the next morning, a man took me out of a dustbin. He threw me and the other rubbish
into the back of a truck. There were so many terrible smells. Then I was pushed together with
the rest of the rubbish. Soon I was completely flat (压扁). I couldn’t believe how thin I
became.
I slept for a while. When I woke up, I found (B in a terrible place. Everything around me
was ugly and had terrible smells. I felt afraid. I kept expecting that I would be moved somewhere
else. Then huge trucks came and covered (D) us with a layer (层) of soil.
I asked another bottle what would happen to us. He said that we would never leave this terrible
crowded place, but would have to stay here for thousands of years.
“Why cant they reuse us?” I cried.
阅读短文，根据题目要求完成下列任务。
76. 根据句意提示，在文中(A)、(B)两处各填上一个适当的词。___________________________
_________________
77. 将文中(C)处画线部分改为感叹句。__________________________
78. 根据首字母，在文中找出一个与英语释义相匹配的单词。
b________: feel certain that something is true or that somebody is telling you the truth
79. 在文中找出(D)处划线单词 us 所指代的内容。__________________________
80. 在文中找出两个能够修饰塑料瓶周围环境的形容词。__________________________
__________________________【答案】76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
【解析】
这篇短文主要讲述了一个塑料瓶从超市到家里的冰箱再到垃圾堆里的心理反应。
76.
【答案】 (1). of (2). myself
【解析】the same as all my brothers and sisters-other bottles full (A) water.意思是“和我所有
的兄弟姐妹一样，其他的瓶子都装满了水。”短语 be full of…表示装满……；A 用 of；When I woke up, I
found (B in a terrible place.意思是“当我醒来时候，我发现我自己在一个可怕的地方”，这里是说我自己
用 myself。B 处应填 myself。根据题意，故填 of ； myself。
77.
【答案】 How lonely I felt!
【解析】I felt very lonely.意思是“我感到非常的孤独”这里是变成感叹句，感叹形容词用 how 来感叹，
其结构是 How+形容词+主语+谓语。根据题意，故填 How lonely I felt!
78.
【答案】believe
【解析】feel certain that something is true or that somebody is telling you the truth 意思是“确
信某件事是真的，或者有人告诉你真相。”相当于文中 I couldn’t believe how thin I became.中的
believe，意思是“相信”，根据题意，故填 believe。
79.
【答案】me and the other rubbish/ me and the rest of the rubbish/
me and everything around me
【解析】Then huge trucks came and covered (D) us with a layer (层) of soil.意思是“然后，巨大
的卡车来了，给我们盖上了一层土。”这里的 us 指的是“我和周围的那些垃圾”。故填 me and the other
rubbish/ me and the rest of the rubbish/me and everything around me
80.
【答案】 (1). ugly (2). terrible【解析】根据文中 When I woke up, I found (B in a terrible place. Everything around me was ugly
and had terrible smells.可知，周围的环境是“丑陋的”“糟糕地”。ugly 丑陋的 ；. Terrible 糟糕
的。故填 ugly ；. terrible
三十五、贵州遵义
第二节 任务型阅读
阅读短文，回答问题及翻译划线部分的句子，并将其正确答案用黑色墨水笔或黑色铅笔字填写在答题卡规
定的位置上。
It is said that everyone has two boxes hung on our necks．The small box at
the front is full of other people's mistakes，
while the big one at the back is filled with our own shortcomings（缺
点）．Most of time，
it's easy to find other people's mistakes．It's hard for us to see our mistakes
behind us．
A boy called Tony，
always looked at the front box to check what was in it． He saw other
people's mistakes very quickly． When Ben was impatient with him，
he said to Ben， "It's so easy for
you to get angry． It is hard to be friends with you．"
He told his mother that Michael was dishonest． "Michael takes my things withou
t asking． And
he forgets to return them． "Tony himself did not like sharing his things with
anyone．
When John was too tired to go hiking with him， he said，
"You are such an unfriendly person．"
He thought Nick was too proud of his rich parents． But Tony was so proud of
himself because he could not see any of his own mistakes!①
He could not understand why he didn't get on well
with others． Then his mother said to him， "If you change the boxes around， maybe you can find the answer．" He did it as his mother said，
and his face turned red．②他发现自己并不比其他同学更好．
36. What's in the back box？___
37. Did Tony always look at the front box？___
38. What did Tony think of his four classmates？___
39. 请将划线的句子①翻译成为中文．___
40. 请将划线的句子②翻译成为英文．___
36.
【答案】Our own shortcomings．
【解析】题意：后箱里有什么？根据第 1 段第 2 句 The small box at the front is full of other people's
mistakes，while the big one at the back is filled with our own shortcomings（缺点）．（前面的小
盒子里装满别人的错误，后面的大盒子里装满我们自己的缺点。）可知后箱里有我们自己的缺点；故答案是
Our own shortcomings．。
37.
【答案】Yes ，he did．
【解析】题意：托尼总是看前箱吗？根据第 2 段第 1 句 A boy called Tony， always looked at the front
box to check what was in it．（一个叫托尼的男孩总是看前面的盒子，看里面有什么。）可知“托尼总是
看前箱”；故答案是 Yes ，he did．。
38.
【答案】Yes ，he did．
【解析】题意：托尼怎样评价他的四个同学？根据第 2 段第 2 句 he said to Ben， "It's so easy for you
to get angry． It is hard to be friends with you．"（他对本说：“你很容易生气，很难和你做朋
友。”）第 3 段第 1 句 He told his mother that Michael was dishonest．（他告诉他母亲迈克尔不诚实。）
第 4 段 When John was too tired to go hiking with him， he said， "You are such an unfriendly
person．"（当约翰累得不能和他一起去徒步旅行时，他说：“你真是个不友好的人。”）第 5 段第 1 句 He
thought Nick was too proud of his rich parents．（他认为尼克为他富有的父母感到骄傲。）可知 In Tony's
opinion，Ben was easy to get angry， Michael was dishonest， John was unfriendly and Nick was
too proud of his parents．。
39.
【答案】In Tony's opinion，Ben was easy to get angry， Michael was dishonest， John was unfriendly and Nick was too proud of his parents．
【解析】句意：他不能理解为什么他不能和其他人很好的相处。
本句 He could not understand why he didn't get on well with others 是宾语从句，主句是 He could not
understand，意思是“他不能理解”，从句是 why he didn't get on well with others，get on well with
意思是“与……相处融洽，和……相处得好”，从句句意是“为什么他不能和其他人很好的相处”；故答案
是他不能理解为什么他不能和其他人很好的相处。
40.
【答案】他不能理解为什么他不能和其他人很好的相处．
【解析】句意：他发现自己并不比其他同学更好。
根据上文 He did it as his mother said， and his face turned red．时态是一般过去时，可知此句时态使用
一般过去时。根据句意可知此句是宾语从句，主句是一般过去时，从句应使用过去的某种时态，宾语从句
只是表达过去的某种状态，可知宾语从句的时态也是一般过去时。He found：他发现，he was not better
than others：他并不比其他同学更好；故答案是 He found he was not better than others．。
三十六、江苏镇江
六、任务型阅读
A
Our feelings influence almost every decision we make. Instead of living a boring life, positive
(积极的) feelings can help us a lot. The pity is that sometimes we become victims of
feelings.
In one of my latest books, I compare people’s ability to controls (控制) on a media
player. Just like the controls can help you enjoy wonderful songs, these methods will be choices
for you to manage feelings successfully.
Pause.
Take time to stop and think before you speak or act. Of course, you may feel sorry if you
like doing something without thinking-like sending an angry email or posting something bad on
social media. If you feel your feelings getting out of control, pause. If possible, go for a short
walk. Once you've calmed down, decide how you want to move forward.
Volume control Have you ever noticed that when speaking with someone, your style or tone is a mirror (镜
子) of the person's you are speaking to? If you stay calm or quiet, they'll follow you. Shout
or scream, and they'll do just like you. If a discussion starts to become worse, try to change
it by softening your tone or lowering your voice.
Record
If you want to learn more about another person’s thoughts, recording, one way of careful
listening, may help. You don't need to reply at once; you're listening to understand. Through
careful listening, you often see things you didn’t see before and can even discover
misunderstandings you didn’t know. Don't judge or offer advice before you know more about others
and the topic.
阅读以上信息, 用恰当 单词完成下面的短文, 每空一词。
Sometimes, our decisions are affected by our feelings. If you keep positive feelings, you
can ___56___ living a boring life. Some methods can help you ___57___in controlling your feelings.
First, doing without thinking may make you ___58___what you've said or done. It's wise of you
to pause when your feelings become bad. Second, when speaking with someone, the other person usually
offers you a reply in the ___59___ style or tone. So controlling volume is very important. What’s
more, recording is one way of careful listening, with the ___60___ of learning more about another
person's thoughts. Follow this way, you can judge or offer suggestions.
56.
【答案】avoid
【解析】根据短文第一段 Instead of living a boring life, positive (积极的) feelings can help us
a lot.可知，“积极的情感能帮助我们不过无聊的生活”，故这里应填 avoid，意为“避免”，后面常跟动名
词作宾语。
57.
【答案】succeed
【解析】根据短文第二段最后一句话 Just like the controls can help you enjoy wonderful songs, these
methods will be choices for you to manage feelings successfully.可知，这些方法可以帮助我们成功地管
理我们的情感。题目中这句话使用的句型是 help sb. do sth.因此这里应填动词 succeed。
58.
【答案】 regret
的【解析】根据短文第三段 Of course, you may feel sorry if you like doing something without thinking
可知，如果你不经过思考就去做一些事，你可能会感到后悔的。题目中使用了句型 make sb. do sth.，因此
这里应填动词 regret，“后悔”。
59.
【答案】calm / quiet
【解析】根据短文第四段 If you stay calm or quiet, they'll follow you.可知，跟别人说话的时候，你说
话的方式和音调要保持平静，这样对方也会跟随你的音调。由此可知这里应填 calm 或者 quiet。
60.
【答案】help
【 解 析 】 根 据 短 文 最 后 一 段 If you want to learn more about another person’s thoughts,
recording, one way of careful listening, may help 可知，“如果你想更多地了解别人的想法，录音，
一种仔细聆听的方法可能是有帮助的”，题目中考查了短语 with the help of…在…的帮助下，故这里应填
help。
B
An 11-year-old blind girl is proud of walking alone every day to and from school. Why? She
has to walk past so many barriers (障碍物) in her way. The girl's home is near the school, yet
her mother follows her without letting her know.
The case of the girl shows the barrier-free facilities (设施) are not enough in her city. Many
other cities are short of barrier-free facilities as well. There's no well-designed path for the
blind. In fact, in the early 2000s, some cities started to build barrier-free facilities for
disabled people. However, almost 20 years later, only a few large cities have had facilities of
high quality.
It's common that sidewalks are taken up with barriers. Few workers are sent to move them away,
so it's dangerous for the blind to walk on them. Also, some other barrier-free facilities are
badly destroyed（毁坏）. Only a few workers are assigned (分配) to do the task of repairing the
broken ones.
Some ideas can make a difference-build more barrier-free facilities and employ more workers
to protect them –but hard to be put into practice, because both of them require money. In a word,
more money is needed to carry on with the work. It’s our duty to make life easy for disabled people, so that they can live without barriers some day.
阅读以上信息, 用恰当的单词完成下面的表格, 每空一词。
Introduction
A blind girl feels proud that she walks alone to from school every day.
The mother is unsure of her daughter's safety, so she always follows her
and keeps it a ____61____.
___62___
Barrier-free facilities are not enough, ___63___ are the workers.
About facilities
◇ Twenty years ago, some barrier-free facilities were built.
◇ Now, most cities are short of facilities of high quality ___64___
several large cities.
About workers
◇ Barriers on sidewalks aren’t moved away in time.
◇ Broken facilities aren’t repaired sometimes.
Ideas
More money is needed to help the disabled live as ___65___ as common
people.
◇ Build more barrier-free facilities.
◇ Employ more workers to protect them.
61.
【答案】secret
【解析】根据短文第一段最后一句话 The girl's home is near the school, yet her mother follows her
without letting her know.可知，这个盲人女孩能顺利的上学、放学，其实是她的妈妈一路上跟着她，没
有让她知道，即保守秘密，故这里填 secret，“秘密”。
62.
【答案】Problems
【解析】根据表格中对应的内容以及文章的结构可知，短文第二段和第三段中，作者主要介绍了无障碍设
施的一些问题，这个空应该填概括这部分内容的一个单词，故应该是 Problems。
63.
【答案】neither【解析】根据短文第二段 The case of the girl shows the barrier-free facilities (设施) are not enough
in her city.以及短文第三段 It's common that sidewalks are taken up with barriers. Few workers are
sent to move them away, so it's dangerous for the blind to walk on them 可知，无障碍设施的问题
有“这些设施不够，还有就是维护这些设施的工人也很少”。结合题目可知，这里应填 neither，意为“也
不”，neither are the workers 是一个倒装结构。
64.
【答案】except
【 解 析 】 根 据 短 文 第 二 段 Many other cities are short of barrier-free facilities as well….
However, almost 20 years later, only a few large cities have had facilities of high quality.可知，除
了一些大城市有高质量的无障碍设施之外，很多城市都缺乏这些设施。由文意可知，这里应填 except，意
为“除了”。
65.
【答案】easy
【解析】根据短文最后一段 It’s our duty to make life easy for disabled people, so that they can
live without barriers some day.可知，我们有责任让残疾人的生活像普通人一样的轻松。由此可知这里
应填 easy，轻松的，容易的。
三十七、黑龙江哈尔滨
五、任务性阅读
先阅读（A）、（B）、（C）三篇短文，然后根据题目要求及所给语境完成下列五项任务。
（A）
to my surprise，dress，he，second，make，neighbor，beauty，wind
It was early morning. I got ____61____ quickly. It was still autumn but colder than usual.
It snowed for____62____days. I forgot to check the weather report today，so I went out in a
jacket.
It was still dark，cold and_____63_____. At that time，I knew I____64____ a wrong
decision. I shook a little bit. Suddenly，a car stopped and one of my_____65_____ got out of it. We greeted each other and talked about the bad weather._____66_____，he took off his coat
and handed it to me. He smiled and said，"It's too cold. Put it on. ”Looking at the warm coat
in my hands，I was touched and thanked_____67_____ After that，he drove away. When I looked up
at the sky，I noticed the sky was_____68_____ and peaceful. I felt warmth inside me and I didn't
shake any more.
The world is full of kindness. Love is always there.
61.
【答案】dressed
【解析】句意：我快速地穿好衣服。根据首句 It was early morning.推断句意是早上起来快速穿好衣服，
选用短语 get dressed，故答案为 dressed。
62.
【答案】two
【解析】句意：那时还是秋天，但比平时冷。下雪了整整两天。只有基数词修饰名词复数，所以序数词 second
变成基数词 two。答案为 two。
63.
【答案】 windy
【解析】句意：天仍然黑着，天气寒冷，还刮着风。dark和 cold 是描述天气的形容词，此处要填写一个形
容词，名词 wind 变成形容词 windy。故答案为 windy。
64.
【答案】made
【解析】句意：在那一时刻，我知道我做出了一个错误的决定。本题考查短语做决定 make a decision，而
主句是一般过去时，所以从句动词变过去式，答案为 made。
65.
【答案】 neighbors/neighbours
【解析】句意：突然，一辆车停了下来，我的一个邻居下车了。one of 后跟名词复数形式，从下文可知下
车的是我的一位邻居，故答案为 neighbors/neighbours。
66.
【答案】To my surprise
【解析】句意：令我惊讶的是，他脱下外套递给我。根据上下文语意得出，“让我惊讶的是邻居竟然脱下
了外衣给了我”，故答案为 To my surprise。67.
【答案】him
【解析】句意：我被感动了，向他表示感谢。动词后面需要跟代词宾格形式，考查动宾结构 he 变成宾格
him。故答案为 him。
68.
【答案】beautiful
【解析】句意：当我抬头看天空时，我注意到天空美丽而平静。根据 peaceful 可以得出此空填写形容词，
用作表语，名词 beauty 变成形容词 beautiful，故答案为 beautiful。
（B）
Dinosaurs（恐龙）once lived on the earth for a long time. They suddenly disappeared millions
of years ago. What happened to them？That's still a mystery. People never stop searching for the
answer.
Some US scientists say it is because there were not enough male（雄性的）dinosaurs. They got
this idea after researching crocodiles（鳄鱼）.
Mother crocodiles lay eggs and later baby crocodiles come out. The local temperature decides
the sex（性别）of the baby crocodile. When the eggs are at a temperature of 26 ℃ to 30 ℃，the
babies are all girls；when the temperature is 30℃ to 34℃，there are both boys and girls；when
it is 34Cto36℃，only boys are born.
Dinosaurs' babies also came from eggs. So scientists have given us a new picture: millions
of years ago，it suddenly became very cold. Almost all dinosaur babies were girls. There were
fewer and fewer male dinosaurs. Mother dinosaurs could not give birth to more babies. Finally，these
powerful animals disappeared.
任务 2：阅读短文（B），根据英文释义及首字母提示拼写单词。
69. e_________ as many or as much as necessary
70. l ___________ to produce eggs from the bodies of birds，insects and so on
任务 3：阅读短文（B），完成同义句转换，每空一词。
71. Dinosaurs' babies also came from eggs.
Dinosaurs' babies came from eggs __________ ____________
任务 4：根据短文（B）内容回答问题。When did dinosaurs suddenly disappear？
72. ___________________
What decides the sex of the baby crocodile？
73. ____________________________
Are the baby crocodiles only boys when it's 35℃？
74. ________________________
69.
【答案】enough
【解析】单词释义：as many or as much as necessary“尽可能多地”，根据首字母提示，答案为 enough。
70.
【答案】lay
【解析】单词释义：to produce eggs from the bodies of birds，insects and so on 从鸟、昆虫等的身
体中产卵。确定为动词“下蛋”。故答案为 lay。
71.
【答案】 (1). as (2). well
【解析】also“也”，放于句中，as well“也”，放于句子的末尾，故句中的 also 转变成必须放于句尾的 as
well。
72.
【答案】Millions of years ago. /They suddenly disappeared millions of years ago.
【解析】所设问题 When did dinosaurs suddenly disappear？恐龙是什么时候突然消失的？答案在第一段第
一行 They suddenly disappeared millions of years ago. 数百万年前他们突然消失了。简答和完整回答
都可以。故答案为 Millions of years ago. /They suddenly disappeared millions of years ago.。
73.
【答案】The local temperature. /The local temperature decides the sex of the baby crocodile.
【解析】所设问题 What decides the sex of the baby crocodile？什么决定了鳄鱼宝宝的性别？答案在
第三段第二句。The local temperature decides the sex（性别）of the baby crocodile. 当地的温度决定了
鳄鱼宝宝的性别。简答和完整回答都可以。故答案为 The local temperature. /The local temperature
decides the sex of the baby crocodile。
74.
【答案】Yes，/Yes，they are.【解析】所设问题 Are the baby crocodiles only boys when it's35C？温度在 35 摄氏度时，鳄鱼宝宝只
有雄性吗？答案在第三段最后一句话：when it is 34℃ to 36℃，only boys are born. 温度在 34-36 摄
氏度时，只有雄性宝宝出生。故答案为 Yes./Yes, they are。
（C）
根据短文（C）内容完成表格，每空一词。
Leonardo da Vinci（莱奥纳多·达·芬奇）was a famous artist who was born in Italy. He was also
a great inventor. Many of his inventions have become important in modern life. Although Leonardo
hated war，he invented many different machines used for war. His most special invention was the
machine gun，which was produced and used in war. Besides，Leonardo spent days thinking about how
to save time. He developed ideas for something like cutting machines.
Leonardo was a strange man. He never ate meat. That was very unusual in those times（时
代）. He never published（发表）scientific discoveries. He usually used mirror writing，which
looks like usual writing in a mirror，starting from the right side of the page and moving to the
left side.
Only a few of his paintings are left today. Many paintings were not finished because he thought
they were not perfect.
Leonardo was talented and creative. He was regarded as one of the most intelligent men in
the world.
Leonardo da Vinci
His status（身份） Not only an artist but also an_____75_____
His invention and ideas
·The machine ____76____
Ideas for something like machines used
to____77____
His strange behaviors·
He never ate meat.
He never published discoveries connected with
___78___He used mirror writing
____79____only a few of his paintings are
left today
Because many paintings were not finished
75.
【答案】 inventor
【解析】根据短文开头的句子 Leonardo da Vinci（莱奥纳多·达·芬奇）was a famous artist who was born
in Italy. He was also a great inventor.可知，莱奥纳多·达·芬奇是是一个画家，也是一个伟大的发
明家。故答案为 inventor。
76.
【答案】gun
【解析】根据第一段第三行 His most special invention was the machine gun 他最特别的发明是机关枪，
属于原词不变。故答案为 gun。
77.
【答案】cut
【解析】根据第一段最后一句 He developed ideas for something like cutting machines. 他想出了切割机
之类的点子。属于原词变换词形。to 后跟动词原形，故答案为 cut。
78.
【答案】 science
【解析】根据第二段第二行 He never published（发表）scientific discoveries.他从未发表过与科学有
关的发现。属于变换词性。需要填写一个名词形式，故答案为 science。
79.
【答案】Why
【解析】根据回答 Because many paintings were not finished. 得出 why 提问用 because 回答。属于归
纳提炼新词。故答案为 Why。
三十八、山东聊城五、阅读表达
阅读下面短文, 根据其内客完成后面各项任务。
My work allows me to live in different countries. Reading books helps me to connect with my
friends, family and my home country, the UK. Here are some books that I read a lot.
Daddy Long Legs
This book is about the story of a young girl, Judy, who goes to university and gets lots of
new experiences. This book always makes me think of my mother because she used to read it to me
when I was ill in bed.
Harry Potter
I'm sure many of you know Harry Potter books! I have read them many times since primary school.
I really get lost in the stories. These days I'm reading them again in Germany.
The Railway Children
这是我最喜爱的书之一 It was a gift for my 13th birthday from my best fricnd, so it still
strongly makes me think of my childhood. It is about three children and their adventures(冒险
经历)next to a railway.
41. 从文中找出与下面所给句子意思相同的句子。
I can live in different countries because of my work.
__________________________________________________________
42. 回答问题:
When did the writer's mother read the book to him?
__________________________________________________________
43. 将文中划线的英语句子译成汉语。
__________________________________________________________
44. 将文中划线的汉语句子译成英语。
__________________________________________________________
45. 回答问题:
What does the underlined word “It” in the last sentence refer to(指的是)?
___________________________________________________________
41.
【答案】My work allows me to live in different countries.【解析】句意：由于我的工作，我可以住在不同的国家。文中句子“My work allows me to live in different
countries.”的意思是“我的工作允许我能够生活在不同的国家。”两个句子意思相同。故答案为 My work
allows me to live in different countries。
42.
【答案】When the writer/he was ill in bed.
【解析】问题：作家的妈妈什么时候给他读这本书的？根据文中句子“This book always makes me think
of my mother because she used to read it to me when I was ill in bed.”可知，每当作者卧病在床
时的时候，妈妈给他读这本书，故答案为 When the writer/he was ill in bed。
43.
【答案】自从上小学以来我已经把这些书读过许多遍了。
【解析】many times 许多次；since primary school 自上小学以来；them 指代《哈利波特》系列书。故答
案为：自从上小学以来我已经把这些书读过许多遍了。
44.
【答案】This is one of my favorite books.
【解析】This is…这是……；one of+可数名词的复数形式，意为“……之一”；favorite books 最喜欢的
书。故答案为 This is one of my favorite books。
45.
【答案】The Railway Children.
【解析】问题：最后一句中带下划线的“it”是指什么？根据文中句子 It is about three children and their
adventures(冒险经历)next to a railway. 它是关于三个孩子和他们铁路旁边的冒险经历。这句话是介绍
The Railway Children 这本书的主要内容，故 It 指代 The Railway Children 这本书。
三十九、贵州贵阳
第七大题 任务型阅读
第一节 阅读短文，根据其内容完成文后的句子。
Can you imagine a sea of sand three times bigger than India? This is the Sahara Desert， the
largest desert in the world. It covers 11countries in North Africa and is over 9 million square
kilometers.In the Sahara， temperatures are very different during the day and at night. It is much hotter
during the day than at night. During the day， the hottest time is between 2 pm and 4 pm-when
temperatures rise to 33C. But it is very cold at night， the coldest time is at 4 am， when
temperatures fall to -1°C.
Because of the extreme temperatures in the desert, it is a very difficult place to survive(幸
存).Marco Rivera, our survival expert, has some tips.
Take warm clothes and a blanket. You will need a hat, long trousers and a thick sweater to
keep you warm at night. During the day, cover your body, head and face. Clothes protect you from
the sun and keep water in your body. You will also need a warm blanket at night. It can get cold
rapidly. When the temperature drops, it can be a shock and make you feel even colder.
Try to drink some water at least once every hour. You need your water to last as long as possible.
Drink only what you need. If you eat, you will get thirsty and your water will run out soon. You
can eat a little, but only to stop you from feeling very hungry. Eat a small amount of
food slowly.
It's important to stay out of the sun during the day. Make a hole under your car and lie there.
This will keep you cool and help you sleep. Find a warm place to sleep at night. A small place
near a tree or a rock will be the warmest, But be careful before you decide where to sleep. Dangerous
animals like snakes also like to sleep in these places. Look carefully for animals before you
lie down.
66. The Sahara, the world's largest desert, is more than_______in size.
67. In the Sahara. The_______between the day and the night is pretty big.
68. In Paragraph 4, Marco Rivera tells us_______are necessary for our survival in the Sahara.
69. We should _______at least once every hour and try to make our water last longer in the Sahara.
70. In the Sahara, we should stay out of the sun during the day and find_____to sleep at night.
【答案】66.
67. 68. warm clothes and a blanket
69. drink some water
70. a warm and safe place
【解析】
这篇短文主要讲述了世界上最大的沙漠——撒哈拉沙漠，文中介绍了它的地理特征和气候温差。
66.
【答案】 9 million square kilometers
【解析】根据文中 the largest desert in the world. It covers ll countries in North Africa and is
over 9 million square kilometers.可知，900 万平方公里。故填 9 million square kilometers。
67.
【答案】difference in temperature
【解析】根据文中 In the Sahara， temperatures are very different during the day and at night 可知，
昼夜温差很大。故填 difference in temperature。
68.
【答案】warm clothes and a blanket
【解析】根据文中 Take warm clothes and a blanket. You will need a hat, long trousers and a thick
sweater to keep you warm at night.可知，warm clothes and a blanket 暖和的衣服和毯子。故填 warm
clothes and a blanket。
69.
【答案】drink some water
【解析】根据文中 Try to drink some water at least once every hour. You need your water to last
as long as possible.可知，我们应该每小时至少喝一次水，并努力使我们的水在撒哈拉地区能持续更长时
间。故填 drink some water
70.
【答案】a warm and safe place
【解析】根据文中 Find a warm place to sleep at night. A small place near a tree or a rock will
be the warmest, But be careful before you decide where to sleep. Dangerous animals like snakes
also like to sleep in these places. Look carefully for animals before you lie down.可知，找一
个暖和和安全的地方。故填 a warm and safe place。第二节 阅读短文，根据其内容完成表格。
History is still a compulsory(必修的) subject at lower levels and pupils still choose to study
it at higher levels. However, there is an ongoing discussion about whether schools should continue
to teach history. This passage will deal with the arguments that oppose and support teaching history
in school, concluding that we should teach history, because the value of the subject goes beyond
the classroom.First of all, many pupils suggest that history is one of the less interesting school
subjects and that governments should spend the time and money on subjects that are more useful.
Some people argue that math and English are more important so we can have a society with a good
basic education. Other people say that we should spend the money on teaching science, as this
can move a country forward and benefit the economy. However, when we teach history, we are just
looking back at the past. The economic benefits of this area are less obvious.
On the other hand, there are several reasons why it is a good idea to teach history. Teaching
history is important because students should be able to understand the background to current issues
in the news. This will create better-informed citizens. Another reason is that it helps pupils
to understand the culture and background of the society they live in. In addition to learning
about the past, history teaching can help students to think for themselves. Finally, it also
improves pupils' reading and writing skills, which can help them become better students.
In conclusion, though there are clearly arguments on both sides, it seems to me that we should
teach children about the past because the advantages of teaching the subject go beyond the contest
of the classes. I would say the teaching of history helps to create well-educated generation.71. ___________
72. ___________
73. ___________
74. ___________
75. ___________
71.
【答案】Should we teach history?
【解析】根据文中 History is still a compulsory(必修的) subject at lower levels andpupils still
choose to study it at higher levels. However, there is anongoing discussion about whether schools
should continue to teach history.可知这篇短文主要是讨论了我们应该教历史课吗？故填 Should we
teach history?
72.
【答案】more useful subjects
【解析】根据文中.First of all, many pupils suggest that history is one of the less interesting
school subjects and that governments should spend the time and money on subjects that are more
useful.可知，许多学生认为历史是不那么有趣的学校科目之一，政府应该把时间和金钱花在更有用的科目
上。这里是说更有用的科目。故填 more useful subjects。
73.
【答案】moves a country forward
【解析】根据文中 Other people say that we should spend the money on teaching science, as this can
move a country forward and benefit the economy.可知，其他人说，我们应该花费一些钱去教科学，因
为这可以推动一个国家前进，并有利于经济发展。故填 moves a country forward。
74.
【答案】 (to)understand the culture and background 【解析】根据文中 Another reason is that it helps pupils to understand the culture and background
of the society they live in 可知，这里是是说它帮助小学生们理解他们生活在这个社会的文化和背景。
故填(to)understand the culture and background。
75.
【答案】(to) make progress
【解析】根据文中 Finally, it also improves pupils' reading and writing skills, which can help them
become better students 可知，它帮助小学生们在写作和阅读方面取得进步。故填(to) make progress。
四十、辽宁盘锦
Ⅶ. 任务型阅读
Passage 1 根据短文内容回答问题，并将答案写在答题卡的相应位置。
What foods are successful? Hamburgers and pizzas are popular. But instant noodles(方便面) have
also become a world success. Now instant noodles are celebrating their 61st birthday!
Instant noodles were invented by a Japanese named Momofuku Ando. To find a way to make noodles
last longer, Ando began experimenting(实验) in 1955 and three years later, he made the first bag
of instant noodles. Now, 61 years on, they’re eaten all over the world. In fact, they’re so
popular that Japanese consider instant noodles as their best invention!
Each year, 95 billion packets of instant noodles are eaten around the world. In the UK, people
call instant noodles “pot noodles”. University students like them a lot. During the first term at college, you may be given a gift bag that includes instant noodles. Instant noodles are cheap
and easy to eat. But watch out! People may think you are lazy if you are an instant noodle lover.
The UN often sends instant noodles as part of its food aid. This is because of their long
life and high fat, which makes people feel full for longer time.
However, instant noodles aren’t totally innocent(无辜的). They are high in fat and salt.
Health experts say they are bad for us and we shouldn’t eat them too often.
61. How many years did Ando spend inventing instant noodles?
_______________________________________________________________
62. What are instant noodles called in England?
_______________________________________________________________
63. Why do people think instant noodle lovers are lazy?
_______________________________________________________________
64. Are instant noodles high in fat and salt?
_______________________________________________________________
65. What do you think of instant noodles?
_______________________________________________________________
61.
【答案】 3./3 years./ Three./ Three years./ He spent 3 years inventing them/ instant noodles.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 To find a way to make noodles last longer, Ando began experimenting(实
验) in 1955 and three years later, he made the first bag of instant noodles. 为了找到延长面条
寿命的方法，安藤于 1955 年开始试验，三年后，他做了第一袋方便面。可知，安藤花了 3 年时间发明方便
面。所以答案可以为：3./3 years./ Three./ Three years./ He spent 3 years inventing them/ instant
noodles.
62.
【答案】Pot noodles./ People call instant noodles(them) “pot noodles”./ They were called “pot
noodles”.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 In the UK, people call instant noodles “pot noodles”. 在英国，人们称方
便面为“锅面”。所以答案可以为：Pot noodles./ People call instant noodles(them) “pot
noodles”./ They were called “pot noodles”.
63.【答案】Because they are (cheap and) easy to eat./ Because (they think) instant noodles/ they
are (cheap and) easy to cook./ Because they can cook/eat instant noodles easily.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 People may think you are lazy if you are an instant noodle lover. 如果你喜
欢方便面，人们可能会认为你很懒。所以答案可以为：Because they are (cheap and) easy to eat./ Because
(they think) instant noodles/ they are (cheap and) easy to cook./ Because they can cook/eat instant
noodles easily.
64.
【答案】Yes(, they are).
【解析】细节理解题。根据 They are high in fat and salt.可知，方便面富含脂肪和盐。所以答案为肯定的。
故答案为：Yes,（they are）.
65.
【答案】(I think) (they are)/ (They are) junk food/ convenient/ delicious/ good/ bad….
Junk food/ Convenient/ Delicious/ Good/ Bad….
They are bad for us and we shouldn’t eat them too often.
【解析】细节理解题。题干的意思是：你觉得方便面怎么样？（这题很灵活，说出你的想法即可，只要合
理。）所以答案可以为：(I think) (they are)/ (They are) junk food/ convenient/ delicious/ good/
bad….
Junk food/ Convenient/ Delicious/ Good/ Bad….
They are bad for us and we shouldn’t eat them too often.
Passage 2 根据短文内容填表格，并将答案写在答题卡的相应位置。
Waste sorting(垃圾分类) is a big matter worldwide. In order to sort the rubbish properly and
protect the environment, people in different countries are using different methods to sort their
waste.
UK A UK company invented a “smart bin” to help with waste sorting. People just need
to drop their waste into the bin(垃圾箱). A camera and sensors(感应器) in the bin can tell what
type of rubbish it is and correctly sort it. The bin also compresses(压缩) the waste so it takes
up less space.
South Korea South Korea is using a method called “Pay For Your Waste” to encourage its
people to reduce food waste. When throwing away rubbish, people have to separate their food waste from their other rubbish and put it in a bin. The smart bin then weighs the food. People have
to pay for their food waste by scanning(扫描) a barcode(条形码) on the bin. If they throw away
more rubbish, they will pay more.
Japan Japan is leading the world in waste sorting. They sort waste so carefully that even
plastic bottles and their caps go into different bins. Different types of paper products have
their own bins.
China China is improving its waste sorting efforts. Shanghai has worked with Alipay to
create a “green account(账户)”service for its residents(居民). The city is asking all of its
residents to sort their waste into four groups: wet, recyclable, harmful and dry.
Title(题目)：_____66_____
Countries Methods
UK
“A smart bin” _____67_____ by a UK company to help with waste
sorting. The bin can also compress the waste so it will take up less
space.
South Korea
When people throw away food rubbish, they have to pay for it
by scanning a barcode on the bin. The more waste they throw away,
_____68_____ they will pay.
_____69_____
They sort waste so carefully that they even put plastic bottles
and their caps into different bins.
China
China is making an effort to improve waste sorting. The
government of Shanghai is asking all of its residents to sort their
waste into four groups:
_____70_____.
66.
【答案】Waste sorting in different countries./ (The) Different ways/ methods to sort waste (in different countries)./ (The) Different ways/ methods of sorting waste (in different countries).
/ How to sort waste in different countries.
【解析】推理判断题。根据 Waste sorting(垃圾分类) is a big matter worldwide. In order to sort the
rubbish properly and protect the environment, people in different countries are using different
methods to sort their waste. 垃圾分类是一个全球性的大问题。为了正确分类垃圾，保护环境，各国人
民正在采用不同的分类方法。可知，题目是关于垃圾分类的。只要合理就行。故答案可以为：Waste sorting
in different countries./ (The) Different ways/ methods to sort waste (in different countries)./
(The) Different ways/ methods of sorting waste (in different countries). / How to sort waste in
different countries.
67.
【答案】was invented/ has been invented
【解析】细节理解题。根据 A UK company invented a“smart bin”to help with waste sorting. 英国一家英
国公司发明了一种“智能垃圾箱”来帮助垃圾分类。句子“A smart bin” _____2_____ by a UK company
to help with waste sorting.是一个被动句，而且时态为一般过去时或现在完成时，所以该题应该用一般
过去时或现在完成时的被动句。故答案为：was invented/ has been invented。
68.
【答案】 the more (money)
【解析】细节理解题。根据 If they throw away more rubbish, they will pay more. 如果他们扔掉更多
的垃圾，他们会付更多的钱。由句子 The more waste they throw away, _____3_____ they will pay.可知，
该句话考查：“the+比较级，the+比较级”结构。语境是：你扔的垃圾越多，付的钱就越多。故答案为：the
more (money) 。
69.
【答案】Japan
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Japan is leading the world in waste sorting. They sort waste so carefully
that even plastic bottles and their caps go into different bins. Different types of paper products
have their own bins. 日本在废物分类方面处于世界领先地位。他们把垃圾分类得非常仔细，以至于塑料
瓶和瓶盖都会被放进不同的垃圾箱。不同类型的纸制品都有自己的箱子。可知，这是日本人处理垃圾的方
式。故答案为：Japan。
70.
【答案】wet, recyclable, harmful and dry【解析】细节理解题。根据 Shanghai has worked with Alipay to create a “green account(账户)”service
for its residents(居民). The city is asking all of its residents to sort their waste into four
groups: wet, recyclable, harmful and dry. 上海已与支付宝合作，为其居民创建“绿色账户”服务。该市
要求所有居民将垃圾分为四类：湿的、可回收的、有害的和干燥的。可知，上海市政府要求所有居民将垃
圾分为四类：湿的、可回收的、有害的和干燥的。故答案为：wet, recyclable, harmful and dry
四十一、贵州铜仁
任务型阅读
阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容完成 76－80 小题(每空一词)。答案书写在答题卡卷Ⅱ各小题规定的位置。
Confucius was a pioneer in the field of education. He was born in the year 551 B.C. He was
a great thinker who had many wise ideas about human nature and behavior. His main ideas are about
kindness and good manners. What’s more, he was also a famous philosopher whose wise sayings have
influenced many people in different countries. For example, one of his famous sayings, “He who
learns but does not think is lost; he who thinks but does not learn is in danger,” tells us the
importance of learning and thinking. What a great man we can learn from!
Confucius
pioneer in the field of_____51_____
thinker
many ideas about human _____52_____ and behavior, especially his
ideas about _____53_____ and good manners
philosopher
influencing _____54_____ people in different countries with his
_____55_____ sayings
51.
【答案】education
【解析】education 教育 根据第一句 Confucius was a pioneer in the field of education.可知，孔子
是教育领域的先驱人士，故填 education。
52.【答案】nature
【解析】nature 自然。根据 He was a great thinker who had many wise ideas about human nature and
behavior.可知，孔子是伟大的思想家，他有很多关于人性和行为的聪明的思想，故填 nature。
53.
【答案】kindness
【解析】kindness 根据 His main ideas are about kindness and good manners.可知，孔子的主要思想是关
于人的善和礼貌的，故填 kindness。
54.
【答案】many
【解析】many 根据 What’s more, he was also a famous philosopher whose wise sayings have influenced
many people in different countries.可知，孔子还是著名的哲学家，他的名言影响了不同国家的很多人，
故填 many。
55.
【答案】 famous
【解析】famous根据 Forexample,oneofhisfamoussayings 可知，孔子的著名的名言影响了人们，故填 famous。
四十二、辽宁本溪
Ⅷ. 任务型阅读
Passage 5
阅读下列短文，简略回答所提出的问题。
Ma Yun is in his words
There are always many young people who want to learn something from me. In fact, I’m not
as lucky as most of you. I tried 3 times for colleges but all failed. For the fourth time, I tried
for the teachers’ college and they accepted me. I applied(申请) for jobs for 30 times. You can
guess the results. It was so difficult at that time. I was down but I didn’t give up and fought
on. So you can see a new Ma Yun now.
You are lucky enough. You are at the best time of this century. The best wealth you have is
that you are young.
Among all the challenges, I think the biggest one is education. Something we teach our kids is too old. So we have to research what is the best way and what are the best things to teach
our kids.
The future you face is not a competition for knowledge but a competition for creativity and
imagination.
When people have problems, the chance will come. If you can solve them, then the chance will
belong to you.
76. How many times did Ma Yun try for colleges?
77. Why did Ma Yun succeed?
78. What is the biggest challenge in Ma Yun’s opinion?
79. What kind of competition will young people face?
80. Are problems good or bad things according to the passage?
76.
【答案】4 / Four.
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文 I tried 3 times for colleges but all failed. For the fourth time, I
tried for the teachers’ college and they accepted me. 我尝试了 3 次考大学但是失败了，第四次，
我尝试考师范学校且他们录取我了．所以一共是 4 次；故答案为：4 / Four。
77.
【答案】Because he didn’t give up and fought on.
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文 I was down but I didn’t give up and fought on. So you can see a new
Ma Yun now. 我很失落但是我没有放弃且一直战斗，所以你现在看到了一个全新的马云。可知马云成功的原
因是他没有放弃，一直战斗；故答案为：Because he didn’t give up and fought on。
78.
【答案】Education/He thinks the biggest challenge is education.
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文 Among all the challenges, I think the biggest one is education.在
所有的挑战中，我认为最大的挑战是教育。可知在马云看来，最大的挑战是教育；故答案为：Education/He
thinks the biggest challenge is education。
79.
【答案】They will face a competition for creativity and imagination.
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文 The future you face is not a competition for knowledge but a
competition for creativity and imagination. 未来你所要面对的不是知识的竞争，而是创造力和想象力的竞争。可知年轻人将面临的是创造力和想象力的竞争；故答案为：They will face a competition for
creativity and imagination。
80.
【答案】They/Problems are good things.
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文 When people have problems, the chance will come. If you can solve
them, then the chance will belong to you. 当人们有问题时候，机会就会来临。如果你可以解决它们，
那么机会就属于你。可知碰到问题是好事；故答案为：They/Problems are good things。
Passage 6
阅读下面短文，完成表格。
Some people around you look so cool and happy, but you often feel lonely. Or the friends you
have do not really understand you that make you feel lonely, too. So what can be done when you
have this feeling?
Understand people’s differences
Not everyone has to do things the same way or behave the same way. Find people who have the
same feeling. That is always a good basic for the friendship. You can take part in activities
outside school like sports, art classes and dancing classes. There you can have more chances to
find people who have the same interest as you.
Develop your friendship
Friendships do not just happen, and they need work. Phone your friends once in a while. Being
there when they need you means that they will do the same for you.
Accept others’ invitations
Even if someone invites you to a neighborhood street party, you never know who else will be
there. Laughing and playing together could start a new friendship.
Start a club
Make your circle of friends big by starting a club. Going camping together or regularly (有规律地)
going to the movies doesn’t take much time.
The title: ___81___
Understand people’s ●Not everyone does things or behaves the same way.differences ●Find the people who have the same ___82___ as you.
Develop your friendship
●Please be there when ___83___, so they will do the same
for you.
Accept others’ invitations
●You should go to the parties if you ___84___.
●Maybe you will make some new friends in these parties.
____85____
●Try to make your circle of friends big.
●It doesn’t take much time to take part in some regular
activities.
81.
【答案】What can be done when you feel lonely / How to deal with loneliness?
【解析】标题归纳题。根据原文 but you often feel lonely. Or the friends you have do not really
understand you that make you feel lonely, too. So what can be done when you have this feeling?
但是你经常感到孤独，或者你拥有的朋友不理解你，让你感到寂寞，因此当有这种感觉的时候我们应该做
些什么呢？可知本文主要围绕当你感到孤独时你该怎么做，或者说如何去处理孤独，故答案为：What can be
done when you feel lonely / How to deal with loneliness?
82.
【答案】feeling(s) and interest(s)
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文 Find people who have the same feeling. 找到有同样感觉的人，以及 There
you can have more chances to find people who have the same interest as you. 在那里你可以有更多的机会
找到和你有相同兴趣的人。可知要找到与你有同样感觉和兴趣的人，填入 feeling(s) and interest(s)，故
答案为：feeling(s) and interest(s)。
83.
【答案】your friends need you / you are needed by your friends
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文 Being there when they need you means that they will do the same for
you. 当朋友需要你的时候，你在他们身边意味着他们也会为你做同样的事情。可知本句句意为当你的朋友
需要你的时候，请帮助他们，这样他们也会帮助你。空缺处需要填入“你的朋友需要你”，故答案为：your
friends need you / you are needed by your friends。84.
【答案】are invited
【解析】细节理解题。根据原文 Even if someone invites you to a neighborhood street party, you never
know who else will be there. 即使邀请你去一个街区的聚会，你永远不知道都有谁会在那里；可知如果
你被邀请了的话，你应该去参加聚会，结合空缺处，需要用被动语态来表达，被动语态结构是 be+过去分词，
主语是 you，所以用 are invited，故答案为：are invited。
85.
【答案】Start a club
【解析】细节理解题。根据本行后面所对应的内容 Try to make your circle of friends big. 试着扩大你的
朋友圈。It doesn’t take much time to take part in some regular activities. 参加一些有规律的活动不
需要花很多时间。结合原文最后一点建议是 Start a club，可知此处是说建立一个俱乐部，故答案为：Start
a club。
四十三、辽宁抚顺
Ⅷ. 任务型阅读
Passage 5
阅读下面短文，简略回答所提出的问题。
Once upon a time, there was a king. He only had one leg and one eye, but he was very smart
and kind. Everyone lived a happy and healthy life because of the king. One day, the king was walking
through the palace hallway and saw the paintings of his ancestors（祖先）.He thought that one
day his children would also walk in the same hallway and remember all the ancestors through these
paintings. He wanted his children to remember him, too. So he invited many famous artists to his
palace.
All of the artists began to think about the king's physical disabilities（生理缺陷）. How
could his painting be made very beautiful? It was not possible. They weren't sure what his painting would be like. So one by one, they all started to politely refuse to make a painting of the king.
But suddenly one artist raised his hand and said he would make a very nice painting of the
king. The king became happy hearing that. Then the artist started painting. After a long time,
the painting was ready.
When the artist showed the painting, everyone was shocked. In the painting, the king was sitting
on a horse, on the one-leg side, holding his bow (弓箭) and aiming (瞄准) something with his
one eye closed. The king was very happy and gave him lots of money.
As we all know, no one is perfect. So we should try to focus on (关注) others’ advantages
instead of their disadvantages. Just take an optimistic view (乐观的观点) of the event. Everyone
can do a good job.
75. What did the king see in the palace hallway?
76. Why did the king invite artists to draw a painting of him?
77. Was it an easy job or a hard job to draw a painting of the king.
78. How did the king like the painting?
79. What can we learn from the artist?
75.
【答案】（The king/He saw )the paintings of his ancestors.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 One day, the king was walking through the palace hallway and saw the
paintings of his ancestors 可知，一天，这个国王走在宫殿走廊，看到了许多祖先的画，故填（The king/He
saw )the paintings of his ancestors。
76.
【答案】Because the king/he wanted his children to remember him (,too) .
【解析】细节理解题。根据 He thought that one day his children would also walk in the same hallway
and remember all the ancestors through these paintings. He wanted his children to remember him,
too. So he invited many famous artists to his palace 可知，他认为一天他的孩子也会走在相同的走廊记
得所有这些画上的祖先。他也想要他的孩子们记住他。故填 Because the king/he wanted his children to
remember him (,too)。
77.
【答案】It was a hard job./ A hard job.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 All of the artists began to think about the king's physical disabilities（生理缺陷）. How could his painting be made very beautiful? It was not possible. They weren't
sure what his painting would be like. So one by one, they all started to politely refuse to make
a painting of the king 可知，所有的画家都在考虑国王的生理缺陷，如何让画变得漂亮？这个是不可能
的，他们不确定他们的画是什么样子的。所以他们一个接着一个礼貌地拒绝为国王画画。由此可知，这是
一个艰难的工作，故填 It was a hard job./ A hard job。
78.
【答案】It was nice/ perfect/ wonderful/ beautiful /…
【解析】细节理解题。根据 When the artist showed the painting, everyone was shocked. In the
painting, the king was sitting on a horse, on the one-leg side, holding his bow (弓箭) and aiming
(瞄准) something with his one eye closed. The king was very happy and gave him lots of money 可知，当
画家把画拿给大家看时，大家都惊呆了。在这幅画中，国王单腿坐在一匹马上，拿着弓，闭着一只眼睛瞄
准什么东西。国王非常高兴，给了他很多钱。所以国王认为这幅画很好，故填 It was nice/ perfect/
wonderful/ beautiful。
79.
【答案】We should try to focus on others' advantages instead of their disadvantages.
/ We should take an optimistic view of the event.
【解析】主旨大意题。根据 As we all know, no one is perfect. So we should try to focus on (关注)
others’ advantages instead of their disadvantages. Just take an optimistic view (乐观的观点) of
the event 可知，没有人是完美的，我们应该尝试着关注其他人的优点而不是缺点，对事情要有乐观的态度。
故填 We should try to focus on others' advantages instead of their disadvantages./ We should take
an optimistic view of the event。
Passage 6
阅读下面短文，完成表格。
Do you have any difficulties while studying? In fact, to learn with success is not a very
difficult task if you follow some basic rules. I hope they will help you study successfully.
All problems can be solved by working hard. It makes the fool wise, the poor rich, the weak
strong. It makes a wonderful difference. In learning, a hard-working fool gets more than a lazy
wise.
To set our heart on one thing at a time and give up all other thoughts is also a good way. Those who often change their subjects will never succeed. For this reason, while you are learning
one subject, don't consider learning another one in order to be successful.
Constancy (持之以恒) makes a certain (必然). On the other hand, inconstancy often results
failure（失败）.If we study day after day, than is nothing that can not be achieved. We should
remember a worthy saying "'Constant dropping of water wears away a nonce"
Besides, to be on time is another rule. It helps to achieve your dream. The habit of keeping
certain hours is of very importance to successful learning. Work while you wok; play while you
play. Every man will certainly become strong and wise as long as we does so.
The title: ___80___
Work hard In learning, a lazy wise gets ____81____ a hard-working fool.
Set our heart on one
thing
While you are studying one subject, don’t consider learning
another one ____82____ you can be successful.
Be constant Unless we study day after day, nothing ___83___.
___84___ The habit of keeping certain hours makes you strong and wise.
80.
【答案】The way/ How to learn / study with success / successfully/ Successful learning…
【解析】细节理解题。根据 In fact, to learn with success is not a very difficult task if you follow
some basic rules. I hope they will help you study successfully 可知，事实上，如果你遵循一些基本的规
则，成功地学习不是一个困难的任务，我希望他们能帮助你成功地学习。所以本文讲述成功学习的方法，
或者如何成功地学习。故填 The way/ How to learn / study with success / successfully/ Successful
learning。
81.
【答案】less than
【解析】细节理解题。根据 In learning, a hard-working fool gets more than a lazy wise 可知，一个努力
学习的傻子比一个懒惰的智者得到的更多，即一个懒惰的智者比一个努力的傻子得到的更少。less 更少的，
故填 less than。
82.【答案】so that/ in order that
【解析】细节理解题。根据 For this reason, while you are learning one subject, don't consider
learning another one in order to be successful 可知，由于这个原因，为了成功，当你学习一个学科时，
不要考虑学习其他的学科。in order to 为了，后接动词原形，而本空后是一个句子，用 so that/in order
that 目的是，为的是，故填 so that/ in order that。
83.
【答案】can be achieved
【解析】细节理解题。根据 If we study day after day, than is nothing that can not be achieved 可知，如
果我们日复一日地学习，那么就没有什么是不能实现的。所以除非我们日复一日地学习，否则没有事情会
实现。表示否定，主语 nothing 与谓语 achieve 之间为被动 be done，故填 can be achieved。
84.
【答案】Be on time.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 The habit of keeping certain hours is of very importance to successful
learning. Work while you wok; play while you play. Every man will certainly become strong and
wise as long as we does so 可知，保持几个小时的习惯是很重要的，工作就工作，玩耍就玩耍，只要他们这
么做，每个人都会变得强壮和聪明。这个属于“按时”这一规则，且根据 Work hard、Set our heart on one
thing、Be constant 可知，开头字母要大写，故填 Be on time。
四十四、辽宁铁岭
Ⅷ.任务型阅读
Passage 5
阅读下面短文，简略回答所提出的问题。
Qu Juanru is the official inheritor（官方传承人）of Jiaxing City Tongxiang flower—drum
opera. She began to be on the stage when she was a teenager.“My mother died when I was 14. I've
lived with my father since then. In the old days，women were not allowed to perform opera.
However，my father always supported me when I tried to sing." Qu said.
Qu started performing in the local troupe（剧团）called Aimin Flower—Drum Opera.
Later，the troupe was disbanded（解散），and she went back to farming.
After that，the young girl tried to set up the troupe several times but failed. She really
lived a hard life at that time. But she didn't give up.In 2001，some developers planned to rebuild Wuzhen. They thought a place which has no culture
is of little significance（意义）. So they wanted to bring back local customs，including the
Tongxiang flower—drum opera. Qu was their only hope.
Knowing she could sing again，Qu was so excited. Whether it's cold or hot，Qu always gives
her everything on stage in Wuzhen. She has six rounds（场）of performing every day and each round
lasts 30 minutes. In 2017，she was badly ill，yet it didn't stop her.
“I can still sing and perform. I'd love to be here.” Qu said. In her opinion，opera life
is a wonderful dream that can't be missed.
76. When did Qu begin to be on the stage?
77. Why did Qu go back to farming?
78. Did Qu return to the stage or give up performing at last?
79. How long does Qu perform every day?
80. What does Qu think of the opera life?
76.
【答案】When she was a teenager.
【解析】题意：曲什么时候开始登台的?考查细节理解。根据 She began to be on the stage when she was
a teenager 可知她十几岁的时候就开始登台表演，故填 When she was a teenager.。
77.
【答案】Because the troupe was disbanded.
【解析】题意：曲为什么要回去务农?考查细节理解。根据 Later, the troupe was disbanded, and she went
back to farming 可知因为剧团解散了她又回去务农，故填 Because the troupe was disbanded.。
78.
【答案】She returned/went back to the stage.
【解析】题意：曲是重返舞台，还是最终放弃了表演?考查细节理解。根据 Knowing she could sing
again, Qu was so excited. Whether it's cold or hot, Qu always gives her everything on stage in
Wuzhen.可知她重返了舞台，故填 She returned/went back to the stage.。
79.
【答案】180 minutes./3 hours.
【解析】题意：曲每天表演多长时间?考查细节计算。根据 She has six rounds of performing every day
and each round lasts 30 minutes.可知 30×6＝180，故填 180 minutes./3 hours.。80.
【答案】（It is）a wonderful dream（that can't be missed）.
【解析】题意：曲是如何看待歌剧生活的?考查细节理解。根据最后 In her opinion, opera life is a
wonderful dream that can't be missed.可知她觉得歌剧生活是一个不可错过的美好梦想，故填（It is）
a wonderful dream（that can't be missed）.。
Passage 6
阅读下面短文，完成表格。
Flying a hot air balloon is full of challenge. Do you want to fly it? If so，here is some
advice for you.
Understanding the basics
★Take a training course and get a license.
★Know how the balloon can fly. Add propane（丙烷）to the fire to make the balloon fly. Make
sure you have enough energy in the tank（箱）. Check your tank at times.
★Learn how to stay at a right height. Raise or lower to control directions by the wind. If
you want to lower，you can pull a red rope to let the hot air out of the top of the balloon.
Making preparations
★You must have the necessary equipment（设备）such as a fire distinguisher（灭火器），a map
and so on.
★You should check the wind conditions to make sure it's safe to fly. You must know when to
fly or cancel the flight.
★You need several friends to help you control the balloon. They can help you pull down the
basket or tie the balloon to the ground car until you are ready to fly.
Flying the balloon
★Write down the height and the route（路线）through the whole flight. Before you land， pay
attention to the high mountains，trees，tall buildings and so on. They may be dangerous.
★You are never too careful.Keep calm when you have trouble.Title:___81___
Understanding the
basics
★ Take a training course and get a license.
★Have enough propane and check your tank at times.
★Stay at a right height. Pull a red rope ___82___you
can
lower the balloon.
___83___
★Necessary equipment is needed.
★The wind conditions decide___84___.
★You need several people to help you.
Flying the balloon
★Write down___85___and the route.
★Be careful and keep calm.
81.
【答案】How to fly a hot air balloon/The way to fly a hot air balloon/ Some advice on/about how
to fly a hot air balloon
【解析】题意：如何放飞热气球。考查主题归纳。根据第一段 Flying a hot air balloon is full of challenge.
Do you want to fly it? If so，here is some advice for you.可知短文介绍的是如何让热气球飞起来（的一
些建议）。how to do 怎样做某事；句首单词的首字母需大写，故填 How to fly a hot air balloon/The way
to fly a hot air balloon/ Some advice on/about how。
82.
【答案】so that/in order that
【解析】题意：拉一根红绳子，这样你就能把气球放下来。考查句意理解。根据 If you want to lower, you
can pull a red rope to let the hot air out of the top of the balloon.句中不定式表目的，可知拉
一根红绳子的目的是能把气球放下来；so that（以便于）引导目的状语从句，故填 so that/in order
that。
83.
【答案】Making preparations
【解析】题意：做好准备。考查细节理解。根据原文 Making preparations 可知填 Making preparations。84.
【答案】when to fly or cancel（the flight）/if it's safe to fly
【解析】题意：风况决定何时起飞或取消。考查细节理解。根据 You must know when to fly or cancel the
flight.可知填 when to fly or cancel（the flight）/if it's safe to fly。
85.
【答案】the height
【解析】题意：写下高度和路线。考查原词重现。根据 Write down the height and the route through the
whole flight.可知填 the height。
四十五、宁夏回族自治区
八、任务型阅读
阅读下面短文，根据短文内容，在每小题句子空白处填入适当词语，使其意思与短文内容一致（每空词数
不限）。
Confidence（自信）is very important in daily life. It can help you to develop a healthy attitude
（态度）. A study shows that the people who are more confident are much happier. They can have
more chances to make themselves successful. But how to be more confident? Here are some suggestions:
Speak loudly. When you are not confident，you can't do well what you want to do. You speak
in a voice so low that other people can hardly hear you. Try to speak loud enough so that people
can understand you clearly. The high voice can help you become more confident.
Play sports. Playing sports makes you tired but completely relaxed. When you do sports，you
will be full of confidence.
Encourage yourself. Write down a list of things you did during the day and see how many things
you have done well. Did you finish your homework? Did you tell a joke that made everyone laugh?
Give yourself praise for the good things you've done.
Get rid of（消除）fear. Fear comes along with failure（失败）. But it's easy to get over（克服）
if you know that failure is part of your life. Don't hide your head just because you said something
stupid last time. Try to start again and believe you can do better.Pick up what you like to do. If you like singing，sing as much as you can. In some ways，
a hobby can make you excellent. And it will make you happy and confident.
56. A study shows if you are more confident，you will be_______.
57. In order to make people hear you clearly，you should_______.
58. You'd better______yourself for the good things you've done.
59. In some ways，your______an make you excellent，happy and confident.
60. It's known that failure is the mother of_______.
56.
【答案】（much）happier/（much）more successful
【解析】句意：一项研究表明如果你更有信心,你会变得更快乐。考查原词重现。根据 A study shows that
the people who are more confident are much happier. 可 知 填 （ much ） happier/ （ much ） more
successful。
57.
【答案】speak loudly/speak loud enough /speak louder
【解析】句意：为了让人听清楚你,你应该大声说话。考查句意理解。in order to 为了，表目的；根据 Try
to speak loud enough so that people can understand you clearly.是目的主语从句，可知填 speak
loudly/speak loud enough /speak louder。
58.
【答案】praise
【解析】句意：你最好为你所做的好事而称赞自己。考查词性转换。had better 最好，后接原形动词；根
据 Give yourself praise for the good things you've done.可知填 praise。
59.
【答案】hobby /hobbies
【解析】句意：在某些方面,你的爱好可以让你优秀、快乐和自信。考查原词重现。根据 In some ways，a hobby
can make you excellent.可知填 hobby /hobbies。
60.
【答案】success
【解析】句意：众所周知，失败是成功之母。考查段意理解。本句是 of 所有格，后接名词；根据第五段内
容，可知是劝告人们不要害怕失败，结合谚语故填 success。四十六、四川达州
第 II 卷（非选择题）第五部分 任务型阅读
根据短文后所给的任务，完成 1-5 小题．温馨提示：只要有大小写、单词拼写、语法等错误，均不给分．
"I am so busy with my study． I don't even have enough time to have breakfast．"said
Zhangli， a middle school student． Do you have the same problem __A__ Zhangli？ However， missing
breakfast could raise your risk of heart problem by 87 percent， according to a new
study． Researchers at the University of Iowa analyzed 18 years of data on 6，550 people over
40 years old who had no history of heart problems．They were given regular surveys __B__ included
the question， "how ofen do you eat breakfast？ Most （59 percent）ate breakfast every day，but
5.1 percent never did，10.9 percent rarely did， and 25 percent would miss for a few days． The
team found that①早餐习惯与心脏病风险之间存在明显关联．Those who didn't eat in the morning were
up to 87 percent more likely to develop heart problems．
" It's believed that ②an， important， day， breakfast， the， is， meal， of， but there
has been an increasing prevalence of missing breakfast over the past 50 years in the United States，
with as many as 23 8 percent of young people missing break fast every day，" the researchers
said．"However， studies on the health effects of missing breakfast are rare．"
The team pointed out a few factors which could underlie this connection． ③Firstly， those
who don't eat breakfast may be more likely to snack unhealthily．Secondly， breakfast may help
to balance blood sugar levels and control blood pressure． The findings were published on the
American College of Cardiology． Some days later a similar study showed people who missed breakfast
and ate a late dinner were less likely to survive a heart attack． And Borja Ibanez， a doctor
of medicine， also pointed out those who didn't eat breakfast were more likely to smoke， be lack
of exercise， and drink alcohol．
As for us teenagers， what are your opinions on breakfast？ Do you think breakfast is important
.for us？
任务一：请分别在文中 A、B 两处的横线上填入适当单词（每空一词）
51. ______ _______
任务二：请将文中①处句子译成英语．
52. The team found that___
任务三：请将文中②处的斜体单词连成句子
53. It's believed___
任务四：请将文中③处划线句子译成汉语
54. ___
任务五： What can we learn from the passage？
55. ___
51.
【答案】 (1). as (2). that/which
【解析】（A） as．考查固定词组 the same…as…和……一样，结合句意，你和张丽有同样的问题吗？故填：
as．
（B）．that/which．考查关系代词．本句是定语从句，先行词为 regular surveys，在定语从句中充当主语，
指代物，可用 that 或者 which，不可省略．结合句意：他们接受了包括这个问题的定期调查，故填：that/which．
52.
【答案】breakfast habits were significantly associated with heart disease risk．
【解析】breakfast habits were significantly associated with heart disease risk．考查汉译英。与……
有关联 be associated with…，修饰动词用副词 significantly 明显地；心脏病风险 heart disease
risk。本句是宾语从句，时态遵循主过从过；根据句意结构，故填：breakfast habits were significantly
associated with heart disease risk．
53.
【答案】breakfast is an important meal of the day
【解析】breakfast is an important meal of the day．考查连词成句题，根据所给的单词，主语为
breakfast，an important meal 重要的一餐，of the day 表示所属。本句是宾语从句，从句是主系表结构，
breakfast 是单数第三人称，系词需用 is，故填：breakfast is an important meal of the day．
54.
【答案】首先，不吃早餐的人更有可能不健康地吃零食．【解析】首先，不吃早餐的人更有可能不健康地吃零食．考查英译汉。 who don't eat breakfast 是定语从
句，修饰先行词 those；may be 表推测；be more likely to do sth.更有可能做某事。根据句意结构，故
填：首先，不吃早餐的人更有可能不健康地吃零食。
55.
【答案】Breakfast is an important meal of the day．
【解析】Breakfast is an important meal of the day．考查文意理解题，根据倒数第二段可知：首先，
不吃早餐的人更有可能不健康地吃零食．其次，早餐可能有助于平衡血糖水平和控制血压．由此可以推断
出：早餐是一日三餐中重要的一餐，故填：Breakfast is an important meal of the day。
四十七、江苏扬州
五、任务型阅读
阅读下面短文，根据短文中的信息完成文后表格。在答题卡标有题号的横线上，写成空缺处所填单词的正
确形式。（每空一词）
Nowadays, many people in China and Japan are racing against time. They put a lot of value
in “being on time”. However, in some countries of the world, people have different opinions
on “being on time”.
Germany
Thanks to its industrial past, in Germany you are expected to arrive at least ten minutes
earlier for any planned meeting.
In Germany, being on time is risky enough because your hosts will probably already be there
waiting, wondering how on earth you could be so stupid. What will you do if anything unexpected
happens, like heavy traffic or a sudden rain? So remember to arrive early in Germany.
Saudi Arabia
Some countries care little about time and Saudi Arabia is one of them. It’s because of their
long history of desert living where time is not the first thing to think about. It could be that it’s too hot to do anything on time. So don’t expect them to be on time. Moreover, looking at
your watch during an event is even considered as bad manners. So don’t get angry with them, either.
Ghana
Most meeting times can be changed, even if an exact time is given, Ghanaians are very relaxed
and easygoing. They think that if everyone is late, then no one is late. After all, what can’t
be done today can get done tomorrow. If you find it difficult to deal with, prepare to be unhappy.
Otherwise, sit back enjoy the ride.
Russia
Patience is considered a very important quality in Russian culture but being on time is not.
When doing business in Russia, do be on time. Otherwise, it will be considered disrespectful.
But Russians won’t hold themselves to the same standard. So, again, patience can be key.
How differently people _______56_______ “being on time” in different countries
_________57_________ Different opinions on “being on time”
China and Japan
●Both Chinese and Japanese think it________58________to be
on time.
Germany
●________59________expect you to arrive early for any planned
meeting because of the influence of their industrial past.
●You are thought to be stupid _______60_______you arrive at least
ten minutes earlier.
Saudi Arabia
●Time is not the________61________thing for people living in
the desert to consider.
●Looking at your watch during an event is considered to
be_________62_________
Ghana
●Ghanaians think that if everyone is late,
then_______63_______ is late.
●Most meeting times can be changed. You might be unhappy if you
can’t accept it. Russia
●Be patient in Russia because it’s very important quality
in its ________64________.
●While doing business in Russia, you should be on time, though
Russians are not strict with_______65_______ in it.
56.
【答案】think / consider
【解析】根据文中第一段第三句 However, in some countries of the world, people have different
opinions on “being on time”.可知，这篇短文讲述的是不同国家的人们对“守时”的不同看法。经过同
义转换，这里应填 consider 或者 think，都有“认为”的意思。
57.
【答案】Countries
【解析】根据表格结构可知，表格中的第一列都是各个国家的名字，文章中提到了很多国家，故这里应填
复数形式 Countries，注意首字母大写。
58.
【答案】valuable
【解析】根据文中第一段第二句 They put a lot of value in “being on time”.可知，中国人和日本人
都非常看重“守时”。经过同义转换可知，这里应填的是 value 的形容词形式 valuable，“有价值的”。
59.
【答案】Germans
【解析】根据文中第二段的标题 Germany 以及文意可知，这一段介绍的是德国人的时间观念，故这里应填“德
国人”German，复数形式是 Germans。
60.
【答案】unless
【解析】根据文中第三段第一句 In Germany, being on time is risky enough because your hosts will
probably already be there waiting, wondering how on earth you could be so stupid.可知，在德国
准时是很危险的，因为你的主人可能在那里等着，想知道你怎么这么愚蠢。结合题干可知，这里应填
unless，意为“除非，如果不”。
61.【答案】first
【解析】根据文中第四段 Some countries care little about time and Saudi Arabia is one of them.
It’s because of their long history of desert living where time is not the first thing to think
about.可知，对于句中在沙漠里的人来说，时间并不是他们第一个要考虑的事情，由此可知这里应填
first。
62.
【答案】rude / impolite
【解析】根据文中第四段倒数第二句 Moreover, looking at your watch during an event is even
considered as bad manners.可知，在活动中看手表这样是不礼貌的，故这里应填 impolite 或者 rude。
63.
【答案】nobody
【解析】根据文中第五段 They think that if everyone is late, then no one is late.可知，加纳的人
们认为如果每个人都迟到了，那么就没有人迟到。no one 和 nobody 是同义词，故这里填 nobody。
64.
【答案】culture
【解析】根据最后一段第一句 Patience is considered a very important quality in Russian culture but
being on time is not 可知，这一段介绍的是俄罗斯文化中关于时间的观点，故这里填 culture。
65.
【答案】themselves
【解析】根据最后一段倒数第二句 But Russians won’t hold themselves to the same standard.可知，
这里应填 themselves，“他们自己”。
四十八、陕西
Ⅶ.任务型阅读：阅读下面短文，根据短文内容，完成下列各题。
lceland is a northern European country with amazing natural beauty and oceans around.There
are lots of volcanoes（火山）.It has a short summer which lasts from June to August.The long winter
starts from September and ends next May.
Summer in Iceland is a golden season for tourists.Every year，people from all over the world
come here to see the beautiful sights and enjoy the exciting whale-seeing（观鲸）.In winter，when people in lceland complete their daily work，they will have a lot of special
activities to spend the long dark night.Skating.riding snow motorbikes and having parties can
really make an exciting night.After all the fun，a hot bath must be the first choice to
relax.There are also story telling activities for children，which can teach them to be strong
and kind.The most popular stories are about Christmas in lceland.
Because of a long cold winter，Iceland has a short growing season.Food problem was always
a headache for lceland in the past.It had to buy most of its food from other countries.Later，
when farmers learned to use lights and underground heat to grow crops（庄稼）all year round in
the greenhouse，things changed a lot.
Living in such a nice environment，most people in lceland live a happy life.According to a
survey about happiness made each year in Europe，Iceland is always among the top 3.
51. What does“"It"refer to in the first paragraph?
It refers to___________________________________________.
52. When do visitors usually come to enjoy whale-seeing?
Visitors come to see the whales__________________________________________.
53. How can people spend an exciting night?
They can skate，ride snow motorbikes and______________________________.
54. Why does Iceland have a short growing season?
Because lceland has a__________________________________________.
55. According to the passage，what kind of life do people in lceland live?
They live a_________________________________________ life.
51.
【答案】Iceland
【解析】根据文中第一段 lceland is a northern European country with amazing natural beauty and
oceans around.There are lots of volcanoes（火山）.It has a short summer which lasts from June
to August.The long winter starts from September and ends next May.可知，主要是讲了冰岛的基本情况。
故填 Iceland。
52.
【答案】 in summer
【解析】根据文中 Summer in Iceland is a golden season for tourists.Every year，people from all over the world come here to see the beautiful sights and enjoy the exciting whale-seeing（观鲸）可
知，这里是说在夏天。故填 in summer。
53.
【答案】have parties
【 解 析 】 根 据 文 中 they will have a lot of special activities to spend the long dark
night.Skating.riding snow motorbikes and having parties can really make an exciting night.可知，他
们可以滑冰，骑雪地摩托车，还有聚会。故填 have parties。
54.
【答案】long cold winter
【解析】根据文中 Because of a long cold winter，Iceland has a short growing season.可知，因为冰岛有
一个漫长寒冷的冬天。故填 long cold winter。
55.
【答案】 happy
【解析】根据文中 Living in such a nice environment，most people in lceland live a happy life.可知，
在冰岛上的人们有一个幸福的生活。故填 happy。
四十九、浙江台州
六、任务型阅读（本题有 5 小题, 每小题 1 分; 共计 5 分）假如你是 Greenhill School 的交换生, 你将参
与该校的一项野营活动, 请根据校方提供的相关信息补全一封给家长的信。（每空一词）
Greenhill School Http//www. Greenhill School. com/
Outdoor Education Camp
Time: 7: 00 a. m, July 28-7: 00 p. m. . July 30
◆Place: Red Valley, Colorado
Course: Classes and activities on the rope course Purpose: To develop a sense of teamwork
and community
◆Cost: $270 per student
Email Ms. Miller at marymiller@yahoo. com or call her at 631-25897.
Outdoor Education CampDear Parents,
Our Outdoor Education Camp is just around the corner! We are excited to be going to camp so
that students can better 71 a sense of teamwork and community. Students will be improving their
communication, problem-solving, and cooperation skills, as well as continuing to build
self-confidence.
While at camp students will join in classes and activities on the 72 course. We will start
in the low ropes, and progress to the high ropes.
The camp will last for three days in Red Valley, Colorado. Students need to be at school at
7 a. m. on July 28h. They’ ll 73 at 7p. m. on July 30h.
The Parent Committee have made a great effort to raise some money. So the cost of the camp
is 74 dollars for each student.
Thanks for your support about the camp. If you have questions, please feel free to 75 Ms.
Miller at marymiller@ yahoo. com or call her at 631-25897.
Sincerely,
Ms. Miller
（1）
【答案】develop．
【解析】考查动词．根据 To develop a sense of teamwork and community
培 养 团 队 意 识 和 社 区 意 识 ． 可 知 填 develop． can 是 情 态 动 词 ， 后 面 加 动 词 原 形 ． 故 答 案 是 ：
develop．
（2）
【答案】rope．
【解析】考 查 名 词 ． 根 据 Classes and activities on the rope course 绳 索 课 程 的 课 程 和 活
动．可知填 rope．故答案是 rope．
（3）
【答案】return．
【解析】考查动词．根据 Time：7：00 a．m．， July 28 -7：00 p．m．， July 30 可知时间是从
七月 28 上午 7 点，到七月 30 下午 7 点，故返回的时间是 at 7 p． m． on July 30th．will 后面
加动词原形．故答案是：return．（4）
【答案】270
【解析】考查数词．根据 Cost：﹩270 per student 可知每人 270 元．故答案是 270．
（5）
【答案】email．
【解析】考 查 动 词 ． 根 据 Email Ms ． Miller at marymiller@yahoo ． com or call her at
631-25897．请发送电子邮件至 marymiller@yahoo．com 或致电 631-25897 与米勒女士联系．feel
free to do 随时可以做，故填动词原形，故答案是：email．
五十、浙江绍兴
八、任务型阅读（共 5 小题，每小题 1 分，共计 5 分）
17.任务型阅读
（1）阅读下面短文，从方框中所给的 A-E 五个选项中选择正确的选项（其中一项是多余选项）。
A. Remember there is hope for
everyone!
B. Open your eyes and you are ready
to go!
C. Your mind goes blank!
D. Be more silent!
E. Well, don't do that!
Public speaking is one of the top three fears among adults in both the UK and the US. Here
are some suggestions that deal with some of the most common problems people experience with public
speaking.
Invite the attention in
Do you hate that moment when you stand up in front of a group to speak and everybody looks
at you? ________. It's a sign that people are interested and want to hear what you have to say.
Welcome those looks!
Beat the brain freeze Have you ever been in the middle of speaking and suddenly……brain freeze! ________. It
is possible that you forgot something for the moment. And you are holding your breath! All you
need to do is to trust yourself, clear your mind, focus and breathe. The thoughts will come rushing
back to your mind in no time. Phew!
Increase your confidence
Use this exercise to get in touch with the "naturally confident (自信的) you" inside. Close
your eyes and remember a special time you felt really relaxed and confident. Imagine the feeling
of relaxation rushing through your whole body. It will pass information to your brain that you
are confident and happy. ________
Whether you are someone who just wants to move from good to great with your speaking, or someone
who feels too afraid to stand up and speak, the great news is that you can move forward, be relaxed,
and turn into a great speaker. ________
（2）Write down another suggestion on how to become a good speaker. (答案不多于 5 个单词)
（1）
【答案】E
【解析】根据上文 Do you hate that moment when you stand up in front of a group to speak and everybody
looks at you?当你站在一群人面前说话，每个人都看着你的时候，你恨吗？ 可知，面对这种情况，只能勇
敢的面对，只能选择 E，故选 E。
（2）
【答案】C
【解析】根据 Have you ever been in the middle of speaking and suddenly…brain freeze! 你有没有在说
话的过程中突然……大脑冻结了！可知这种表现大脑思维已停止，就是大脑一片空白，故选 C。
（3）
【答案】B
【 解 析 】 根 据 上 文 Close your eyes and remember a special time you felt really relaxed and
confident. It will pass information to your brain that you are confident and happy.闭上眼睛，
记住一个特别的时刻，你感到非常放松和自信。想象一下你全身放松的感觉。它会把你自信和快乐的信息
传递给你的大脑。可知由闭上眼睛到最后睁开眼睛过程，故选 B。
（4）
【答案】A【解析】根据上文 Whether you are someone who just wants to move from good to great with your speaking,
or someone who feels too afraid to stand up and speak, the great news is that you can move forward,
be relaxed, and turn into a great speaker.无论你是一个只想在演讲中从优秀走向卓越的人，还是一个害
怕站起来说话的人，好消息是你可以向前迈进，放松下来，成为一个伟大的演说家。可知这段主要说明每
个人都要有理想，就会充满自信，故选 A。
（5）
【答案】Make a speech everyday.（答案不唯一，合理即可）
【解析】根据学习常识，要想成为优秀的演讲者，除以上的建议外，每天练习演讲，就会达到孰能生巧的
目的。故答案为 Make a speech everyday.（答案不唯一，合理即可）
五十一、江苏徐州
六、任务型阅读（共 5 小题；每小题 2 分, 满分 10 分）
阅读短文, 按要求回答问题。
The face-down generation（一代）
If you were born in the 2000s, you are called the oh-ohs. The 21st century. That would make
you young, creative, connected, world-wide, and no doubt smart. Maybe good-looking, too. Right?
But what do other people think about your generation?
Some adults worry that you're more interested in the screen in front of you than the world
around you. They think of you as the "face-down generation" because you use your phone so much.
They wonder how you will deal with school, friends, and family.
Other adults worry that today's youth are spoilt(溺爱）and don't want to face the challenges
of adult life. Many children born in the 1990s and 2000s were raised by "helicopter parents".
They were always there to guide and help their children with a busy program filled with homework
and after-school activities such as dancing, drawing, or sports. With parents who do everything
for them, today's youth seem to prefer to live like teenagers even when they are in their 20s
or 30s.
Does the face-down generation need a heads-up? Well, probably not. The fact .is that many
of today's teenagers are better educated and more creative than past generations. They seem to be willing to become leaders. More young people than ever volunteer to help their communities.
There are also brave young people such as Malala Yousafzai, the teenager who won the 2014 Nobel
Peace Prize for pushing girls' rights to go to school.
So if you're one of the oh-ohs, there's reason to be hopeful about the future. Things are
looking up for the face-down generation. Chances are that you do great and laugh out loud.
69. If Alice was born in 2004, is she an oh-oh?
__________________________________________________________________________
70. Why do some adults think of the oh-ohs as the "face-down generation"?
_________________________________________________________________________
71. What are the parents called who always guide and plan everything for their children?
_________________________________________________________________________
72. How does the writer organize Paragraph 4?
A. Time order. B. Space order.
C. General to specific. D. Specific to general.
73. What does the writer encourage the oh-ohs to do? Please list TWO.
_________________________________________________________________________
69.
【答案】Yes，she is．
【解析】 根据短文第一句话提示可知 2004 年属于这一范围。
70.
【答案】Because they use their phones so much.
【解析】 根据第二段第二句可知答案。
71.
【答案】Helicopter parents.
【解析】 短文第三段说明为孩子包办一切的父母被成为“直升机父母。”
72.
【答案】 C
【解析】 短文第四段是从一代人的共性到 Malala Yousafzai 这个获得诺贝尔和平奖的个体叙述的。故选
C.（从一般到特殊。）
73. 【答案】To become leaders./ To volunteer to help their communities.
【解析】 短文第四段第四句和第五句提示答案。
五十二、江苏常州
四、阅读表达
阅读下面短文, 并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。
注意：请将答案写在答题卡上相应题号的横线上。每个空格只填一个单词。
One cannot discuss Chinese music without mentioning the Chinese seven-string zither (七弦
琴) , also known as the guqin, one of the four arts - along with go, calligraphy and
painting. It first appeared over 3, 000 ago and represents China's solo musical instrument
tradition.
At first, the gugin had only five strings, representing the five elements of metal, wood,
water, fire and earth. Later. in the Zhou dynasty, King Wen of Zhou added a sixth string for his
son, King Wu of Zhou, added a seventh string to encourage his army to fight with the Shang.
Ambience (环境气氛) was important in playing the Chinese zither. Usually, it was practised
in quiet setting and never for public performance.
Ancient artists enjoyed performing by a stream in the mountains. The sound of the quqin mixed
with the echoes (回音) from the mountains, until the musician found himself at one with
nature. Playing it in snow was also a favorite pastime for ancient artists, who believed the
instrument was the purest of its kind in the world. Also. a night with moonlight was considered
ideal for Playing the guqin. Wang Wei (701-761), a highly talented man of the Tang dynasty, liked
playing it in a bamboo forest on nights with moonlight most.
Guqin pieces are usually around three to eight minutes long, with the longest being Guangling
Verse, which is 22 minutes long. Other famous pieces include Plum Blossoms in Three Movements,
Wild Geese Landing on the Sandbank and Eighteen Songs of a Nomad Flute.
Nowadays, there are fewer than one thousand well-trained gugin players and perhaps no more
than fifty living masters. The original number of several thousand pieces has greatly reduced
to only a hundred works by today. The guqin and its music was added to the list of the Intangible
Cultural Heritage of Humanity (人类非物质文化遗产) in 2003.Title: The Guilin and Its Music
Main Parts Detailed information
Introduction to the
guqin
As one of the four arts, it has a ___36___ of 3, 000 years and
represents China's solo musical instrument tradition.
The strings
At first, there were five strings, which represented five elements.
Later, kings in the Zhou dynasty added ____37____ more strings to
them.
The ambience
In quiet setting, not for public performance.
1. By a stream in the mountains. The ___38___ sound of the guqin and
its
echoes could make musicians find themselves –at one with nature.
2. In snow. It was believed to be the purest instrument in the world.
3. On a night with moonlight. Wang Wei's ____39____ was to play the
guqin in
a bamboo forest on a night full of moonlight.
The present
___40___
Not many players, masters and works-are alive nowadays.
The guqin and its music entered the list the Intangible Cultural
Heritage of Humanity in 2003.
36.
【答案】history
【解析】句意：作为四大艺术之一，它有着 3000 年的历史，代表着中国独奏乐器的传统。
根据 It first appeared over 3, 000 ago and represents China's solo musical instrument
tradition. 它最早出现在 3000 多年前，代表了中国独奏乐器的传统。可知，古琴有着 3000 年的历史了。
故答案为：history。
37.
【答案】two【解析】句意：后来，周朝的国王又增加了两条弦。
根据 in the Zhou dynasty, King Wen of Zhou added a sixth string for his son, King Wu of Zhou, added
a seventh string to encourage his army to fight with the Shang. 周朝时，周文王为儿子周武王增加了第
六根弦，又增加了第七根弦，以鼓励他的军队与商作战。可知，古琴在后来又增加了两条弦。所以答案为：
two。
38.
【答案】mixed
【解析】句意：古琴的声音和山上的回音混合在一起，可以让音乐家们发现自己与大自然是一体的。
根据 The sound of the guqin mixed with the echoes (回音) from the mountains, until the musician
found himself at one with nature. 古琴的声音和山上的回音混合在一起，直到乐师发现自己与大自然融为
一体。the mix sound of：混合的声音。故答案为：mixed。
39.
【答案】idea
【解析】句意：王维的想法是在一个月光明媚的夜晚，在竹林中演奏古琴。
根据 Wang Wei (701-761), a highly talented man of the Tang dynasty, liked playing it in a bamboo
forest on nights with moonlight most. 王维（701-761），唐代才华横溢的人，最喜欢在月光下的夜晚在竹
林里演奏古琴。分析句子结构 Wang Wei's ____4____ was to play the guqin in a bamboo forest on a night
full of moonlight.可知，本题应该填一个名词，做主语。根据语境：在一个月光明媚的夜晚，在竹林中演
奏古琴是王维的想法。故应该填名词 idea。
40.
【答案】situation
【解析】句意：现状。根据 Not many players, masters and works-are alive nowadays. The guqin and
its music entered the list the Intangible Cultural Heritage of Humanity in 2003. 现在的古琴手、
大师和作品不多。2003 年，古琴及其音乐被列入人类非物质文化遗产名录。可知，最后一段介绍的是目前
情况。故答案为：situation。
五十三、江苏南京
五、阅读填空（共 1 小题；每小题 10 分，满分 10 分）A）请认真阅读下列短文,并根据所读内容在文章后表格中第 56-65 小题的空格里填入个最恰当的单注意:每个空格只填 1 个单词。请将答案填写在答题卡标号
为（1）-（10）的相应横线上。
32．（10 分）Though times have changed， falling asleep in class is still a common occurrence（常事）
among teenagers．
Why do students sometimes fall asleep in class ？ An obvious reason is lack of
sleep． However， there are also causes for getting too little sleep．
Homework is a daily occurrence for most students， one that can take three to four hours per
night． A teenager who wants to be able to take part in any activity besides homework must stay
up late to fit everything in． Club activities， sports， computer﹣game playing， and TV
viewing． for example，all contribute to （促成） teens having less time for both homework and
sleep．Sometimes teens lack sleep because of after﹣school jobs that are taken on to earn extra
money for college， family expenses， or simply for clothes．
Physical problems are another factor that can cause students to fall alseeo in class． For
example，
inasomnia， which may keep a student up at night， causing exhaustion（疲惫不堪）during class
hours，
is a serious problem that may require medical attention． Medical evidence also supports the
idea that
each person has a body clock that helps to decide his or her sleep pattern． Unluckily， these
body
clocks do not always work according to school timetables．
The effects of falling asleep in class can be quite serious． First of all， sleeping in
class is not a
good way to endear（使受喜爱） yourself to teachers． In addition， it is highly possible that
other
students may make jokes about those who sleep in class． However， the most harmful effect of
sleeping in class is missing out on important points． In the long run， sleepers may end up
failing
classes．
Since teens are probably not going to deal with the problem， falling asleep in class will
probably
remain an all﹣too﹣common occurrence． It will continue until more teens find a way to balance
their
personal and social lives with school and work， while still finding enough time to sleep．
Introduct
ion
Times have change，（1） falling asleep in class is still quite
common．
Causes Lack of sleep
◆To （2） doing their homework， students may have to work three
to four hours every night．
◆To （3） homework with activities， students may stay up late．
◆To spare time for after﹣school jobs， students may not have （4）
time to sleep．
Physical problems
◆Insomnia may （5） students falling asleep at night．
◆ Students' body clocks do not always （ 6 ） their school
timetables．
Effects ◆ Students sleeping in class may not be （ 7 ） by their
teachers．
◆Students who sleep in class run the （8） of being laughed at．
◆Students who sleep too much in class may miss out on important knowledge
and （9） in their study．
Conclusio
n
The problem will not be （10） until teenagers can manage their lives，
deal with their school and work， and then still have time to sleep．
（1）
【答案】but．
【解析】细节理解题．根据第一句 Though times have changed， falling asleep in class is still a common
occurrence（常事）among teenagers．虽然时代已经改变，但是在课堂上睡觉仍然是青少年中常见的事
情．可知，两句之间是转折关系，没有 though，因此用 but． 故答案为 but．
（2）【答案】finish．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 Homework is a daily occurrence for most students， one that can take three
to four hours per night．家庭作业是大多数学生每天都要做的事情，每晚可以花三到四个小时．可知，
为了完成家庭作业，学生们不得不每晚学习三到四个小时． 故答案为 finish．
（3）
【答案】balance．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 A teenager who wants to be able to take part in any activity besides
homework must stay up late to fit everything in．一个想参加除家庭作业以外的任何活动的青少年必
须熬夜以适应一切．可知，为了"平衡"学习与活动，他们会熬夜． 故答案为 balance．
（4）
【答案】enough．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 Sometimes teens lack sleep because of after﹣school jobs that are taken
on to earn extra money for college， family expenses， or simply for clothes．有时，青少年缺乏睡眠
是因为放学后的工作需要为大学、家庭开支或简单的衣服挣额外的钱．可知， 为课外业余时间工作，学生
可能没有足够的时间睡觉．故答案为 enough．
（5）
【答案】stop/ prevent．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 For example，inasomnia， which may keep a student up at night， causing
exhaustion（疲惫不堪）during class hours，例如，失眠，可能会让学生在晚上睡不着，导致上课时筋疲
力尽．可知，失眠可能阻止学生晚上入睡．阻止某人做某事 stop/ prevent…doing sth． 故答案为 stop/
prevent．
（6）
【答案】match．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 these body clocks do not always work according to school timetables．人体
的生物钟不总是按学校的时间表工作．可知，学生的生物钟并不总是匹配他们的学校时间表．do not 后面
加动词原形．故答案为 match．
（7）
【答案】liked/ loved．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 First of all， sleeping in class is not a good way to endear（使受喜爱）
yourself to teachers．首先，在课堂上睡觉并不是让老师喜欢你自己的好方法．可知，"被人喜欢"用like/love 的被动形式，被动语态结构 be done．故答案为 liked/ loved．
（8）
【答案】risk/ possibility．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 In addition， it is highly possible that other students may make jokes
about those who sleep in class．此外，很有可能学生们可能会对那些在课堂上睡觉的人开玩笑．可知，
在上课时睡觉学生有运行风险/被嘲笑的可能性． 故答案为 risk/ possibility．
（9）
【答案】fail．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 In the long run， sleepers may end up failing classes．从长远来看，睡觉的
人可能会以上课不及格而告终．可知，在课堂上睡得过多的学生可能会错过重要的知识，导致学习失败．"
在…方面失败"用"fail in"． 故答案为 fail．
（10）
【答案】solved．
【解析】 细节理解题．根据 Since teens are probably not going to deal with the problem， falling
asleep in class will probably remain an all﹣too﹣common occurrence．由于青少年可能不会解决这
个问题，在课堂上睡着可能仍然是一个非常普遍的现象．可知，这个问题不会得到解决，直到青少年能够
管理他们的生活，处理他们的学校和工作，然后仍然有时间睡觉．问题"别解决"，故用过去分词． 故答案
为 solved．
五十四、江苏无锡
阅读填空 先通读下面的短文，然后根据短文内容，在文章后表格的空格内填入一个最恰当的单词。所填单
词必须写在答题卡对应题号的横线上。每个空格只能填一个单词。
Britons are well known for drinking tea. The average (典型的) person in the UK drinks around
1.9 kg of tea every year. That’s around 876 cups of tea. Tea is drunk by all levels of society.
But tea does not grow in Britain. Most tea grows in India and China. So, how did it become an
important part of British culture?
Tea arrived in London in the 1600s. At this time, British ships were exploring the world and
came across the drink in China. It was not long before green tea could be bought from the market.
However, it was only for the rich people.At the beginning of the 1700s, the amount（数量）of tea arriving in Britain increased
rapidly . Black tea arrived at this time. At first this tea served exactly as it was in China.
They soon discovered that it mixed really well with a little milk and sugar, giving the drink
a special British colour.
In the 1800s, tea was still a product enjoyed only by people with money. At this time they
began to have “afternoon tea”. They drank tea with a snack around 4 pm to avoid feeling hungry
between lunch and dinner. It is a still going today but has become less popular in recent times.
Title: ____52____ and Britain-a short history
Important facts
Drinking tea is an important part of British culture.
The average British drinks about 1.9 kg of tea every year.
Tea is not _____53_____ in the UK, but mostly in India and China.
Big events
British ships discovered tea in China while exploring the world and
it arrived in London in the 1600s.
Black tea arrived at the beginning of the 1970s and Britons first
drank it exactly the same way as the ___54___ did.
A little milk and sugar were found to be a perfect ___55___ for black
tea and a special British drink was born.
Britons began to have ‘afternoon tea’ in the 1800s and it has
___56___ a tradition since then.
52.
【答案】tea
【解析】细节理解题。根据 So, how did it become an important part of British culture? 那么，它是如何
成为英国文化的重要组成部分的呢？可以推知本文解释了茶是如何成为英国文化的重要组成部分的。因此
题目应该是茶与英国——一段短暂的历史。故答案为：tea。
53.
【答案】grown
【解析】细节理解题。根据 But tea does not grow in Britain. 但是茶在英国不生长。所给的句子 Tea is
not _____2_____ in the UK, but mostly in India and China.是一般现在时的被动句，故应该填 grow 的过去分词 grown。所以答案为：grown。
54.
【答案】 Chinese
【解析】细节理解题。根据 At first this tea served exactly as it was in China. 起初，这种茶和中
国的茶一模一样。句子 Black tea arrived at the beginning of the 1970s and Britons first drank it
exactly the same way as the ___3___ did.的意思是：红茶在 20 世纪 70 年代初问世，英国人第一次喝红茶
的方式和中国人完全一样。所以答案为：Chinese。
55.
【答案】colour
【解析】细节理解题。根据 They soon discovered that it mixed really well with a little milk and
sugar, giving the drink a special British colour. 他们很快发现，它与少量的牛奶和糖很好地混合，
使这种饮料具有英国特有的颜色。可知，本题应该填：colour；句子 A little milk and sugar were found
to be a perfect ___4___ for black tea and a special British drink was born.的意思是：少量的牛
奶和糖被发现是红茶的完美颜色，一种特殊的英国饮料诞生了。所以答案为：colour。
56.
【答案】 became
【解析】细节理解题。根据 It is a still going today but has become less popular in recent
times. 它在今天仍在进行，但近来已不那么流行了。也就是说：从那时起，就成了一种传统。句子 Britons
began to have ‘afternoon tea’ in the 1800s and it has ___5___ a tradition since then. 的意思是：19
世纪，英国人开始喝下午茶，从那时起，它就成了一种传统。本句话是现在完成时。其结构是：助动词
has/have+动词的过去分词。所以答案为：became。
五十五、江苏盐城
第 II 卷（非选择题，共 60 分）四、阅读型阅读。（共 1 小题，计 20 分）（一）阅读并完成图表．每空一
词．（共 1 小题，每小题 10 分，计 10 分）
21．（10 分）Emperor penguins are the largest penguins on Earth． Each adult is over a metre
tall， and can weigh up to 40 kilograms．
For many months each year， emperors live near the sea in large groups called colonies．
However， in May， the weather gets colder and ice covers large areas of ocean． Each colony moves many kilomtres from the water．
Sharing the work
There， each mother penguin lays just one egg． Then all the hungry mothers must walk back
to the ocean to find food． The father penguins put their eggs on top of the feet， under a
special piece of skin called the brood pouch． For two months， the father penguins keep the
eggs safe and warm． Antarctica． Most animals leave for warmer places， but the father penguins
stay． In this time， without food， a father penguin can lose almost half of his weight．
New life
Then the babies begin to hatch! The mother penguin returns just in time to see her baby
come out of its egg． The chick is then moved to her bored pouch． This can be difficult． If
the chick falls， it can freeze quickly， so the penguin parents must be very careful! Once
this is done， the father penguin can go back to the ocean to find food．
Growing up
Over the next few months， penguin parents take turns to go to the ocean for food． They
each make the trip several times， bringing back food for the chick． The chick grows quickly
and is always hungry．
Into the water
By December， winter is ending． The chick is five months old and can live on its own．
Soon it enters the water for the first time． It will swim and eat until next April， and then
return here． After a few more years， it， too， will start its own family．
A penguin（1）
Emperor penguins are the （2）
Penguins on Earth and they live in groups．
Sharing the work
Mother penguin：
*lay an （3）
*walk to the ocean to find food
Father penguin：
New life
Mother
penguin：
*come
back *take care of the egg for（4）
months
just（5）
the egg
hatches
Baby
penguin：
• come
out of
the egg
• be（6）
to its
mother's
brood
pouch．
Into the water
Baby penguin：
*live on （9） own
*return to its birthplace
*start its own family in a few （10）
years．
Growing
（7）
Baby
penguin：
*grow
quickly
*need a
lot of
food
Penguin
parents：
*take
turns to
（ 8 ）
their
baby1．
【答案】family．
【解析】考查信息归纳题，根据四个小标题 Sharing the work 介绍帝企鹅和母企鹅工作的分配，New life
介绍孵化小企鹅，Growing up 介绍如何照看小企鹅 Into the water 介绍了小企鹅独自在水中生存．由此可
知这篇短文介绍了企鹅一家族．故填：family．
2．
【答案】largest．
【解析】考查形容词及语境的理解，根据 Emperor penguins are the largest penguins on Earth．可知：
帝企鹅是地球上最大的企鹅．故填：largest．
3．
【答案】
【解析】
egg．考查名词及语境的理解，根据 There， each mother penguin lays just one egg．可知：每只母
企鹅只产一个蛋．故填：egg．
4．
【答案】two．
【解析】考查数词及语境的理解，根据 For two months， the father penguins keep the eggs safe and
warm．可知：在这两个月里，企鹅爸爸让卵保持安全和温暖．故填：two．
5．
【答案】before．
【解析】考查连词及语境的理解，根据 Then the babies begin to hatch! The mother penguin returns just
in time to see her baby come out of its egg．可知：婴儿开始孵化！企鹅妈妈回来的时候正好看到她
的宝宝从蛋里出来．由此可以推断出：企鹅妈妈刚好在蛋孵化之前回来．故填：before．6．
【答案】moved．
【解析】考查动词及语境的理解，根据 The chick is then moved to her bored pouch． 可知：雏鸟被移
到妈妈的育儿袋里．故填：moved．
7．
【答案】
【解析】
up．考查副词及语境的理解，根据标题 Growing up，可知这里介绍小企鹅的成长，故填：up．
8．
【答案】feed．
【解析】 考查动词及语境的理解，根据 Over the next few months， penguin parents take turns to go
to the ocean for food．可知：在接下来的几个月里，企鹅的父母轮流去海洋觅食．由此可以推断出：企
鹅父母轮流喂养小企鹅．故填：feed．
9．
【答案】its．
【解析】考查物主代词及语境的理解，根据 The chick is five months old and can live on its own．可
知：小企鹅 5 个月大，可以独立生活．on one's own 独自地，这里指代 baby penguin，单数，用物主代词
its，故填：its．
10．
【答案】more．
【解析】考查形容词及语境的理解，根据 After a few more years， it， too， will start its own
family．可知：再过几年，它也会建立自己的家庭．故填：more．
（二）阅读与回答问题．（共 1 小题，每小题 10 分，计 10 分）
22．（10 分）Have you ever heard the saying " There is no place like home! " This is just another
way of saying that home is a very special place． Our bedroom， our family， our pets， and
all of the things we love are at home．
Is home a place where you can relax and have fun？ Is home a place where you get all of
your best thinking done？ Being at home means different things to different people． As people
grow older， home usually represents more responsibility （责任） because it needs care inside and out． Who takes care of all of these things in your home？ How do you help out？
There are many different kinds of homes． Some people live in apartments， condos， or
single﹣family homes． Homes have different rooms that are used for different purpose． The
kitchen， the bedrooms， the living room and the bathroom each have their own use． Suppose
your house does not have a roof and you are a bird flying over it， what does your house look
like？ Think about it．
Some people might say that family and food are two of the best parts of being home． At
home， you can tell your parents about your day， play with your pets， and grab a snack from
the cupboard of fridge． You can relax in your room and read a book or play a game． You can
ask friends over to play． Home is a place to take care of and be grateful for． Even though
you are young， you can help to make a nice place to be． After all， home is where the heart
is!
回答下面 5 个问题，每题答案不超过 5 个词．
（1）What does the saying " There is no place like home! " tell us？
（2）Why does home mean more responsibility as people grow older？
（3）How many types of rooms are mentioned in Paragraph ？
（4）What are the two best parts of being home according to some people？
（5）In your opinion， how can you help to make your home a nice place to be？
（二）阅读与回答问题．（共 1 小题，每小题 10 分，计 10 分）
1．
【答案】Home is a special place．
【解析】细节理解题． 根据第一段第二句 This is just another way of saying that home is a very special
place．可知这只是说家是一个非常特别的地方的另一种说法．故答案为 Home is a special place；
2．
【答案】Because it needs care．
【解析】 细节理解题． 根据第二段第四句 As people grow older， home usually represents more
responsibility because it needs care inside and out．可知随着人们年龄的增长，家庭通常意味着更多
的责任，因为它需要内外的照顾．故答案为 Because it needs care；
3．【答案】Four．
【解析】 细节理解题． 根据第三段第四句 The kitchen， the bedrooms， the living room and the
bathroom each have their own use．可知厨房、卧室、客厅和浴室都有各自的用途．此处提及 4 种类型的房
间．故答案为 Four；
4．
【答案】Family and food．
【解析】 细节理解题． 根据第四段第一句 Some people might say that family and food are two of the
best parts of being home，可知有些人可能会说家庭和食物是家中最好的两部分．故答案为 Family and
food；
5．
【答案】I think I can help my mother clean the rooms．
【解析】 开放作答题．本题意为：在你看来，你怎样才能帮助你的家成为一个好地方呢？属于开放作答题
型，答案不唯一， 言之有理即可．故答案可能为 I think I can help my mother clean the rooms．
五十六、湖南娄底
六、阅读表达 阅读下面的短文，按要求完成后面各个小题.
Mr． Green brought his family to China and visited Zhangjiajie． On May 4th，
2019，
they enjoyed the magic mountains there． They had a great time． They took a
lot of photos on the way and then they had a picnic under a big tree，54.
Suddenly it began to rain heavily，so they hurried to The hotel．When they got there，
they couldn't find their expensive camera． They wanted to go back to look fo
r it，but there wasn't enough time because they had to catch the plane at 20：
30 that night! They didn't have dinner in the hotel because they all felt so
rry． To make his family happy， Mr． Green said， "Well， 55.让我给你们讲一个
有趣的故事
吧． An old man lived in a200 -meter-tall building． One day he fell down from
it by accident， but he didn't hurt himself at all．" " It was a miracle
（奇迹）" shouted his children．why？" "Because he lived on the first floor！" They all began to laugh loudly． Just at that time a policeman with a c
amera came in． He said a Chinese boy found it under a big tree and the boy
asked him to find out the owner．
"It's really a miracle!"the Greens said happily．
根据短文内容用简要答语回答 51-53 三个问题．将短文中划线的两个句子(54 、55)翻译成中文或英文．
51. Did the Greens enjoy themselves in Zhangjiajie？____
52. Where did the Greens lose their camera？____
53. If you were the Chinese boy， what would you do？____
54. ____
55. ____
51.
【答案】Yes，they did.
【解析】根据文中句子“On May 4th, 2019, they enjoyed the magic mountains there. They had a great
time.”
可知他们在张家界玩得很开心。故答案为 Yes, they did。
52.
【答案】（They lost it）Under a big tree.
【解析】根据 He said a Chinese boy found it under a big tree.他说一个中国男孩在一颗大树下找到的，可
知格林先生把照相机丢在了大树下，故答案为（They lost it）Under a big tree。
53.
【答案】 I would return the camera to the Green
【解析】I would return the camera to the Greens.开放性试题，答案合理即可.故答案为：I would return
the camera to the Green。
54.
【答案】 突然下起了大雨，他们匆匆赶回了旅馆（酒店）.
【解析】英汉翻译题。Suddenly 突然，做状语，began to do 开始做某事，rain heavily 下起了大雨，hurried
to 匆匆的，故答案为：突然下起了大雨，他们匆匆赶回了旅馆（酒店）。
55.【答案】Let me tell you an interesting story.
【解析】汉英翻译题。let somebody do something 让某人做某事；tell somebody a story 给某人讲故事，
由于是直接引语，句子可用一般现在时，故答案为 Let me tell you an interesting story。
五十七、辽宁葫芦岛
Ⅷ.任务型阅读（共 20 分，每小题 10 分）
Passage 5
阅读下面短文，简略回答所提出的问题．
Lu Xun was an excellent writer and thinker of modern China ． He took part in
the May
Fourth New Culture Movement of 1919．He could be said to have laid the foundatio
n （ 基 础 ） of modern literature （ 文 学 ）
in China ． You couldn't believe that he almost became a doctor!
So how did Lu Xun give up the study of medicine and take up writing？
When he was young ， his father fell badly ill ，
and little Lu Xun bought medicine for him．
But the medicine bought from a quack doctor（庸医）did his father no good at all，
and his
father died ． With a deep sadness and great anger ，
Lu Xun promised to study the most
modern medical skills and help people through medicine ． He studied hard ，
and was accepted
to study in Sendai Medical College in Japan．
However ， one event changed Lu Xun's life ． One day ，
the teacher played a film of news
in class ． In the film ，
Japanese soldiers were preparing to kill a Chinese while some
Chinese were watching it with great interest ，as if it had nothing to do with them ． After that ，
Lu Xun thought he should treat the numb（麻木的）spirits of Chinese．
For this reason ，
he gave up the study of medicine and moved to Tokyo．He produced a
magazine with some friends there．As a writer．Lu Xun hoped that he could save Ch
inese people with his pen．Many of his works were translated into the leading la
nguages，including English，Russian，German，French and Japanese．
76.In 1919，what movement did Lu Xun take part in？___
77.How did Lu Xun feel after his father's death？___
78.Where did Lu Xun study medicine？____
79.Did Lu Xun produce the magazine by himself？___
80.How many leading languages were Lu Xun's works translated into？___
（76）
【答案】The May Fourth New Culture Movement
【解析】.细节理解题.根据第一段 He took part in the May Fourth New Culture Movement of 1919.他参加了
1919 年的新文化运动.故答案为：The May Fourth New Culture Movement.
（77）
【答案】Very sad and angry.
【解析】细节理解题.根据第二段 With a deep sadness and great anger，Lu Xun promised to study the
most modern medical skills and help people through medicine.带着伤心和愤怒，鲁迅承诺学习最现代的
医学技术，通过医学帮助他人.故答案为：Very sad and angry.
（78）
【答案】In Sendai Medical College in Japan.
【解析】细节理解题，根据第二段 He studied hard，and was accepted to study in Sendai Medical College
in Japan.他努力学习，最终被日本仙台医科学校接受学习.故答案为：In Sendai Medical College in
Japan.
（79）
【答案】No，he didn't.
【解析】细节理解题，根据第四段 He produced a magazine with some friends there.他跟在那儿的朋友
办了一家杂志.可知不是他一个人办的杂志.故答案为：No，he didn't.
（80）
【答案】5.
【解析】细节理解题.根据第四段 Many of his works were translated into the leading languages，
includingEnglish，Russian，German，FrenchandJapanese.他的许多作品被译成主要的语言，包括英语，
俄语，德语，法语和日语，可知有 5 种语言.故答案为：5.
阅读下面短文，完成表格．
Passage 6
Is your life ruled by love or by fear ？
Love and fear are two opposite feelings that shape
our life in very different ways．Most of us are controlled by both of them．Howev
er ，
even a tiny change towards love and away from fear can bring more happiness．Her
e are some suggestions towards love．
Cultivate Gratitude（培养感恩之心）
Gratitude makes us feel happier．If you remember to be thankful for the ble
ssings （ 赐 福 ） of your life ，
you will feel more connected to yourself and others．When you let worries
go and have gratitude instead，love appears quickly．
Test the Reality of Fear
Sometimes fear can be like a cloud that keeps out the sunlight．A simple
way to deal with fear is to test its reality．Write down three things that you'
re afraid of ． Then look at each point and ask yourself ，
"Is this fear really grounded （ 基 于 ） in reality ？ " I know when I do this ，
I often find that fears aren't reasonable．
Take Action
Taking action is the best way to control fear ． For example ，
if you are not feeling well ， but you don't go to a doctor ，
you may imagine that you are having a serious health problem．
Once you've been to a doctor ，
talked about the problems and dealt with them one by one ，
your fear will become smaller and even disappear．The title：（81）____
Cultivate Gratitude
★ Love will appear quickly if you have gratitude （ 82 ） ____
being worried．
Test the Reality of
Fear
Test the reality of fear（83）____：
★ Write down three things you're afraid of．
★Look at each point and ask yourself some questions．
（84）____ ★Taking action is the best way to control fear．
★ It will make your fear （85）____．
（81）
【答案】Some suggestions towards love.
【解析】考查主旨大意题，根据原文，Here are some suggestions towards love.以下是一些关于爱的建
议.可知这是文章的主要内容，故填 Some suggestions towards love.
（82）
【答案】instead of.
【解析】考查同义句转换，根据原文，When you let worries go and have gratitude instead，love appears
quickly.可知，当你让焦虑走且有感激替代的话，爱很快就会出现.结合空缺处，后面是 being worried，
第一词是 being，动词 ing 形式，确定空缺处有一个是介词，而 instead of 有“代替”的意思，又含有介
词 of，故填 instead of.
（83）
【答案】simply.
【解析】考查细节理解题，根据原文，A simple way to deal with fear is to test its reality.处理害怕的
一个简单个方式就是测试它的真实性.结合空缺处，可知需要填入一个副词，表示“简单地，用 simply.故
填 simply.
（84）
【答案】Take Action.
【解析】考查细节理解题，根据原文，第三个方法就是 Take Action.故填 Take Action.
（85）
【答案】smaller and even disappear.【解析】考查细节理解题，根据原文，Once you've been to a doctor，talked about the problems an d
dealt with them one by one，your fear will become smaller and even disappear 一旦你去看了医生，
谈论有什么问题且逐一处理他们，你的恐惧会变得更小，甚至消失.结合空缺处，makesth+adj.让某物变得
怎么样，用 smaller and even disappear.故填 smaller and even disappear.
五十八、辽宁辽阳
Ⅷ.任务型阅读（共 20 分，每小题 10 分）根据下面短文，简略回答所提出的问题．
33．（10 分）One day， when Sunee reached her house， she saw a brown package（包裹）． She ran inside
the house with her package and showed it to her grandmother． Sunee opened the package． As
she did，she noticed there was Thai writing on the box． This package had come from her aunt
in Thailand．
Inside the box， Sunee saw something uncommon． It was a red silk umbrella． She had never
seen anything like it! Next to the umbrella she found a silk purse （钱包）．They were both
beautiful．
"Shipping a package overseas used to take a lot of time，" said Grandmother． "Packages
traveled by train and ship． It could take many months to get a package from across the
ocean． How long did your package take to arrive？"
Sunee and her grandmother looked at the postmark （邮戳）． It showed that the package had
been sent eight days ago． "That's fast!" said Sunee．
Her grandmother agreed． "We have resources （资源）now that we didn't have years ago．
Now， packages are flown across the ocean． Because airplanes travel so fast， packages arrive
very quickly． Now our economy （经济）depends on fast delivery （快递）!"
（1）How did Sunee know that the package had come from Thailand？
（2）What did Sunee's aunt send her？
（3）Why did it use to take many months to get a package from across the ocean？
（4）How long did Sunee's package take to arrive？
（5）Did Sunee's package travel by airplane？ 1．
【答案】She noticed there was Thai writing on the box．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 As she did，she noticed there was Thai writing on the box． This package
had come from her aunt in Thailand．当她打开盒子的时候，她注意到盒子上写着泰国文．这个包裹是她在
泰国的姑妈寄来的．故答案是：She noticed there was Thai writing on the box．
2．
【答案】A red silk umbrella and a silk purse．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 It was a red silk umbrella 是一把红色的绸伞，Next to the umbrella she
found a silk purse 她在伞旁边找到了一个丝绸钱包．可知是伞和钱包．故答案是 A red silk umbrella and
a silk purse．
3．
【答案】Because it traveled by train and ship，and itwas slow．
【解析】细节理解题．根据"Packages traveled by train and ship．包裹通过火车和轮船运输． It could
take many months to get a package from across the ocean 从大洋彼岸拿到包裹要花几个月的时间．故
答案是：Because it traveled by train and ship，and itwas slow．
4．
【答案】Eight days．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 It showed that the package had been sent eight days ago．它显示包裹是
八天前寄来的．故答案是：Eight days．
5．
【答案】Yes，it did．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 Now， packages are flown across the ocean 现在，包裹被空运到大洋彼岸，
可知是通过飞机．故答案是：Yes，it did．
阅读下面短文，完成表格．
34．（10 分）Teeth are important part of our body． Everyone should brush his or her teeth every
day． Learning how to take care of teeth is very important．
The importance of brushing teeth
If you eat and do not brush your teeth， pieces of food that stick to your teeth can cause
problems． The food can damage （破坏）your teeth． Then germs （细菌）can get into your teeth and make them decay （腐烂）．
It is important to brush teeth every day． You should get a checkup from your dentist every
year． Trying not to eat food that has a lot of sugar， such as candy and soft drinks， helps
to protect teeth．
The proper ways of brushing teeth
Do you know that most people do not brush their teeth in the right way？ Follow the methods
below and they will help you keep your teeth healthy， clean and beautiful．
♦Replace your toothbrush every few months．
♦Clean two or three teeth at a time． Brush the front of your teeth with a circular motion
（运动）and clean the backs of your teeth with up and down motions．
♦Use a gentle back and forth motion to clean the tops of your teeth where you bite （咬）
into food．
♦Don't forget to gently brush the top of your tongue （舌头）from back to front．A lot
of germs live there．
♦Take at least 2 minutes to brush your teeth．
The title： Taking proper care of your teeth
The germs can
get into your
teeth and
damage them
（ 2 ）
you brush
your teeth．
（1） brushing teeth
Go to see a
dentist every
year and avoid eating
too much food
（ 3 ）
．
Replace your
toothbrush
（ 4 ）
．
Brush the
front of your
teeth with a
circular
motion and
clean the
backs of your
teeth up and
down．
Remember to
brush the top
of your
tongue
because of
（ 5 ）
there．
The proper ways of
brushing teeth
Spend at
least two
minutes
brushing your
teeth．1．
【答案】The importance of．
【解析】根据第二行标题 The importance of brushing teeth，刷牙的重要性．可知答案 The importance
of．
2．
【答案】unless．
【解析】根据 If you eat and do not brush your teeth， pieces of food that stick to your teeth can
cause problems． The food can damage （破坏）your teeth． Then germs （细菌）can get into your
teeth and make them decay 如果你吃东西而不刷牙，粘在牙齿上的食物会引起问题．食物会损坏你的牙
齿．然后细菌会进入你的牙齿，使它们腐烂．可知细菌会进入你的牙齿并损坏它们，除非你刷牙．故答案
是：unless．
3．
【答案】that has a lot of sugar
【解析】．根据 Trying not to eat food that has a lot of sugar， such as candy and soft drinks，
helps to protect teeth．尽量不要吃含糖量大的食物，如糖果和软饮料，有助于保护牙齿．可知不要吃含
糖太多的食物．故答案是：that has a lot of sugar．
4．
【答案】every few months．
【解析】根据 Replace your toothbrush every few months．每隔几个月更换一次牙刷．故答案是：every
few months．
5．
【答案】germs．
【解析】 根据 Don't forget to gently brush the top of your tongue （舌头）from back to front．A
lot of germs live there 别忘了从后向前轻轻地刷舌尖，那里有很多细菌，because of 后面加名词．故答案
是 germs．
五十九、辽宁锦州VI.任务型阅读(共 35 分)根据短文内容完成短文后的思维导图，并将答案写在答题卡的相应位置。（共 5
分。每小题 5 分）
13 ． Did you know that tea ， the most popular drink in the world （ after water ）
was invented by accident ？ Many people believe that tea was first drunk about 5 ，
000 years ago．It is said that a Chinese ruler called Shen Nong was the first
to discover tea as a drink ． One day Shen Nong was boiling drinking water ov
er an open fire ． Some leaves from a tea plant fell into the water and remained
there for some time．It produced a nice smell so he tasted the brown water．It
was quite delicious，and so，one of the world's favorite drinks
was invented．
A few thousand years later ， Lu Yu ， "the saint of tea" ，
mentioned Shen Nong in his book
Cha Jing．The book describes how tea plants were grown and used to make tea．It
also discusses where the finest tea leaves were produced and what kinds of wate
r were used．
It is believed that tea was brought to Korea and Japan during the 6th an
d 7th centuries ． In England ， tea didn't appear until around 1660 ，
but in less than 100 years ，
it had become the national drink．The tea trade from China to Western countries
took place
in the 19th century．This helped to spread the popularity of tea and the tea pl
ant to more
places around the world ． Even though many people now know about tea culture ，
the Chinese are without doubt the ones who best understand the nature of tea．（1）_____ （2）_____ （3）_____ （4）_____ （5）_____
（1）
【答案】Spread tea.
【解析】主旨大意题，根据原文最后一段，It is believed that tea was brought to Korea and Japan during
the 6th and 7t h centuries，据说茶叶是在 6 世纪到 7 世纪被带到日本和韩国的.可知这段的主要内容就
是茶叶的传播，故答案为 Spread tea.
（2）
【答案】was boiling.
【解析】细节理解题，根据原文 One day Shen Nong was boiling drinking water over an open fire，Some
leaves fro m a tea plant fell into the water and remained there for some time.有一天神农在烧喝的开水，
一些从茶树来的茶叶掉到了水中且待了一段时间，可知茶叶正好掉在了神农正在烧着的水中，故答案为 was
boiling.
（3）
【答案】first.
【解析】细节理解题，根据原文 Many people believe that tea was first drunk about 5，000 years
ago. It is said that a Chinese ruler called Shen Nong was the first to discover tea as a drink.很多人相
信茶叶是在 5000 年前首次被喝的，据说是一个叫做神农的是第一次发现茶叶可以作为一种饮品.故答案为
first.
（4）
【答案】make tea.
【解析】细节理解题，根据原文，The book describes how tea plants were grown and used to make
tea.这本书描述了如何种植茶树和制作茶叶，可知填入 make tea.故答案为 make tea.
（5）
【答案】in the 18th.
【解析】细节理解题，根据原文，In England，tea didn't appear until around 1660，but in less than
100 years，it ha d become the national drink.在英国，茶叶直到 1660 年才出现，但是不到 100 年，它已
经称为了国家的饮品.可知在英国成为国家饮品的时间是不到 1760 年，即 18 世纪，英文表达是 in the
18th.故答案为 in the 18th.根据短文内容完成短文后的图表，并将答案写在答题卡的相应位置。（共 10 分，每小题 10 分）
14．Your body is special-no two people in the world are the same．Although you are
different from everyone else ，
you have exactly the same body parts as the people around you ，
doing different jobs that keep all of us alive．
What is inside my head？
Your head holds the most valuable part of your body in it-your brain．As
you are reading ，
your eyes send pictures to your brain which makes meaning from what you see．You
r brain helps you to remember and think ，
and makes sure your body is doing what it should do．
What is my skin for？
Your skin covers your body ． In most parts of your body ，
the skin is just as thick as 0.5cm ． If you cut your skin ，
it will have a quick cure （ 治 愈 ） and stop viruses （ 病 毒 ）
from getting into your body．Your skin also helps you feel the heat and coldness
of the environment around you．Hair grows from inside the skin．When you feel ho
t ， extra heat comes out through your skin ． As a result ，
your body temperature drops．
How do I move？
Muscles （ 肌 肉 ）
are found in most parts of your body ． They work with your bones to help yo
u move- whenever you cry or smile， eat or speak， walk or dance， etc．
What does my heart do？
Your heart is a very special muscle． It is a little bigger than your fi
st （ 拳 头 ） and grows bigger as you do ． If you place your hand on your heart ，
you will feel your heart beating which pushes blood to move around your body
．
Organ （器官） Function（作用）
Brain
★ The most valuable part of your body is （ 1 ） _____
and it can make your body work．
★Skin can prevent viruses （2）_____．Skin ★
Skin can help you feel the heat and coldness of the envi
ronment．
★ Skin can make your extra heat come out （ 3 ） _____
your body temperature drops．
Muscles ★（4）_____ both help people move．
Heart
★ Your heart beating （ 5 ）
_____ your blood move around your body．
（1）
【答案】your brain.
【解析】考查动词，根据原文 Your head holds the most valuable part of your body in it-your brain
你的头主导了你身体最有价值得部分在里面--你的大脑，故答案为 your brain.
（2）
【答案】from getting into your body.
【解析】考查动词，根据原文 lf you cut your skin，it will have a quick cure（治愈）and stop viruses
（病毒）from getting into your body.如果你伤到了你的皮肤，它将会有一个快速治愈且阻止病毒入
侵到你的身体.故答案为from getting into your body.
（3）
【答案】so that.
【解析】考查动词，根据原文 When you feel hot，extra heat comes out through your skin. As a
result，your body temperature drops，当你感觉到热，其他的热通过皮肤会散发出来，结果你的身体的
温度就会降低.结合空缺处需要填入一个连词，表示”以便于”，用 so that.故答案为 so that.
（4）
【答案】Muscles and bones.
【解析】考查动词，根据原文 Muscles（肌肉）are found in most parts of your body. They work with
your bones to help you move，肌肉在你身体大部分部件中可以找到，他们和你的骨头来帮助你运动.可
知肌肉和骨头都是帮助人们移动的.故答案为 Muscles and bones.
（5）
【答案】makes.【解析】考查动词，根据原文 If you place your hand on your heart，you will feel your heart beating
which pushes blood to move around your body，如果你把手放到心脏那，你将会感受到你的心脏跳着，
它把你的血液推到你整个身体去.结合空缺处，需要填入一个动词，表示“让”，主语是 Your heart beating，
时态是一般现在时态，所以要用三单的形式，用 makes.故答案为 makes.
根据短文内容回答短文后的问题，并将答案写在答题卡的相应位置。（共 10 分，每小题 10 分）
15 ． Me Before You is my favorite romance （ 浪 漫 ）
novel by British writer Jojo Moyes．It tells the story of Louisa Clark and Willi
am Traynor （ known as Will ） ． At the end of the book ，
Will dies and leaves Louisa a lot of money ． What happens next ？
You can find out in the
book's sequel（续集）After You．
Will wants Louisa to use the money to live her life happily and richly-to
travel，discover
new chances and continue her education ． However ，
Louisa is too sad and finds it difficult
to forget Will ． Louisa now works at a bar in an airport ，
watching people fly to amazing
places ． Her boss is really unfriendly and she lives in an apartment that doesn't
feel like
home．
However ， all of this is about to change ． One night ，
Louisa meets a girl at her doorstep （ 门
阶）．She tells Louisa where she is and Louisa can't believe her cars．If she clos
es the door，
her life will stay the same ． If she opens the door ，
she will accept challenges and become
the woman Will wanted her to be ． Which will she choose ？
You'll have to find out the answer
for yourself．
Jojo Moyes wrote After You because she wanted to give her characters from
Me Before You a future ． Her use of language is as descriptive （ 描 写 性 的 ）
and powerful as that in Me Before
You ． One special quote （ 引 文 ） ，"Because me being here sort of means you're still here"，
deeply touched me ． I think this line is really emotional （ 有 感 染 力 的 ）
and powerful．
（1）Who is the main character in the book After You？
（2）What's the relationship between Will and Louisa？
（3）Where does Louisa work after Will's death？
（4）Why did Jojo Moyes write After You？
（5）What does the writer of this passage think of the quote？
（1）
【答案】It's Louisa Clark.
【解析】细节推理题，根据原文 It tells the story of Louisa Clark and William Traynor（known as
Will）.At the end of the book，Will dies and leaves Louisa a lot of money. What happens
next？You can find out in the book's sequel
（续集）After You.它讲述了Louisa Clark和William Traynor（Will）的故事.在书本的最后Will死了
且留给Louisa很多钱，接下来会是怎么样？你可以在书本的续集After You里找到，可知After You的主角就
是Louisa Clark.故答案为It's Louisa Clark.
（2）
【答案】They are lovers.
【解析】细节推理题，根据原文 Will wants Louisa to use the money to live her life happily and
richly-to travel，discover new chances and continue her education. However，Louisa is too sad
and finds it difficult to forget Will.Wil1 想要 Louisa 用这些钱去开心地且富有地过她的生活-去旅游，
去发现新的机会且继续她的教育，然而，Louisa 太悲伤了，发现对于她来说忘记 Will 很难，可知他们是爱
人，故答案为 They are lovers..
（3）
【答案】At a bar in the airport
【解析】.细节理解题，根据原文 Louisa now works at a bar in an airport，Louisa 现在在机场的一个
酒吧工作，故答案为 At a bar in the airport.
（4）
【答案】Because she wanted to give her characters from Me Before you a future.
【解析】细节理解题，根据原文 Jojo Moyes wrote Afte rYou because she wanted to give her characters from Me Before You a future，Jojo Moyes 写 After You，因为她想要给她的 Me Before You 的角色们一
个未来，故答案为 Because she wanted to give her characters from Me Before you a future.
（5）
【答案】The writer thinks it's really emotional and powerful.
【解析】细节理解题，根据原文，Ithink this line is really emotional（有感染力的）and powerful.我
认为这个是真的很有感染力和力量.故答案为 The writer thinks it's really emotional and powerful..
根据短文内容完成短文后的任务，并将答案写在答题卡的相应位置。（共 10 分，每小题 10 分）
16 ． Wen Xinrui ， a student from Shanghai ， together with her family ，
is seeing the great changes of China in recent years．
Wen's grandparents have been enjoying free health checks for people aged ab
ove 65 since 2013．It was hard to imagine in the past．The river near Wen's hous
e used to be dirty and give out a terrible smell ． But last year ． （ C ）
it was cleaned up and trees were planted on both
sides Now there are even fish swimming in it．
From 2013 to 2016 ， 55.64 million people in （ A ） _____
have been lifted out of poverty （ 贫 困 ）． This means their personal income （ 收 入 ）
has increased to more than 3，000 yuan a
month ． China aims to （ 力 求 达 到 ）
make all the people get out of poverty by 2020．
Also ， China now has more than 22 ，
000 kilometers of high-speed lines．That's about 60
percent of the world's total high-speed railways．
Such progress can't have been made without the leadership of the Communist
Party of China ． （ D ） As the ruling party in China ，
the Party has more than 89 million members．
They are from all walks of life （ 各 行 各
业）．They have a big influence on both the government
and people's lives．
According （ B ） _____ President Xi Jinping ， our socialism （ 社 会 主 义 ）
with Chinese characteristics （ 特 色 ） has entered a new era （ 时
代）．The Party must always put
people first and continue working hard to help people live better and happier lives．
（1）在文中（A）和（B）的空白处分别填入适当的词：_____ _____
（2）文中划线部分（C）指代的是：_____
（ 3 ） 将 文 中 画 线 部 分 （ D ） 改 写 成 为 ： As the ruling party in China ，
the Party has_____ 89 million members_____ are from all walks of life．
（4）从文中找出两个能体现中国人民生活的形容词：
（5）从文中找出能说明本文中心大意的单词或短语：
（1）
【答案】China，to；
【解析】填入单词题，根据原文，结合情景，需要表达的是中国从 2013 年到 2016 年有 5.564 前万的人脱
贫了.需要填入地点名词 Chin a；According to 依据，根据，固定搭配，所以要用 to；故答案为 China，
to.
（2）
【答案】The river；
【解析】指示代词题，根据原文 The river near Wen's house used to be dirty and give out a terrible
smell.But last yea r.（C）it was clean ed up and trees were planted on both sides.这个温的家里附近的
河流过去常常是脏的且散发出臭味，但是去年，它被清理了且在两侧种好了树木.可知 it 指的就是 The
river.故答案为 The river.
（3）
【答案】over；who.
【解析】改写句子题，根据原文，对比题目，需要转换的第一个是 more than 变为一个单词，表示”超
过”，用 over.而后半部分句子 the party has more than 89 million.They are from all walks of
life.共产党员有超过 8.9 千万人，他们来自各行各业.结合题目空缺处需要填入一个引导词，作为 89
million members 的定语从句，用 who.故答案为 over；who.
（4）
【答案】better；happier；
【解析】细节理解题，根据原文 The Party must always put people first and continue working hard to
help peopl e live better and happier lives 中国共产党必须总是把人民放第一位，且继续努力工作来帮助
人们过上更好，幸福的生活。可知可以用来描述生活的两次词是，better；happier；故答案为 better；
happier.
（5）【答案】The great changes of China.
【解析】主旨大意题，根据原文，Wen Xinrui，a student from Shanghai，together with her family，
i sseeing the great changes of China in recent years.上海一个学生温欣瑞，和她的家人，看到了中
国近几年的巨大变化.故答案为 The great changes of China.
六十、上海
D.Answer the questions（根据以下内容回答问题）
Ms.Lauren，a school head teacher，has asked the students to put down notes of what they have
learned based on their own experiences.Here is some of what she's got.
☀When your mum is mad， hide what you don't want thrown away.
☀Never， ever say“I hate you”.
☀Even if nothing is in the fridge，don't eat dog food. Believe me， you won't like it!
☀Don't judge people by their looks.Someone could be bad-looking and still be nice.
Katie，age 13Life is like a"choose your own ending"book-you can take whatever adventures（冒险）you want.
Being nice can get you somewhere.
Never ask your dad to help you with a maths problem.It will turn out to be a three-hour lesson.
If you have a problem，share it with your mum.
People who do unkind things to you are not your friends.
Sally，age 15
63. Katie probably tried dog food when there was nothing in the fridge，didn't she?
64. Why doesn't Sally ask Dad for help with a maths problem?
65. Read Sally's and Jackie's notes.What kind of people won't she/he be friends with?
66. What is Jackie and Alex's attitude towards telling lies?
67. Whom do all four kids mention in their notes?
68. What will Ms.Lauren possibly do with the notes? Why?
63.
【答案】Yes，she did.
【解析】根据文中 Even if nothing is in the fridge，don't eat dog food. Believe me， you won't like
it! Katie，age 13 可知，凯蒂可能在冰箱里什么都没有的时候吃过狗粮。这里做肯定回答。一般过去时
态，助动词借助 did。根据题意，故填 Yes，she did.
64.
【答案】 Because Sally's father will give her a three-hour lesson.
【解析】根据文中 Never ask your dad to help you with a maths problem.It will turn out to be a
three-hour lesson. 可知，因为 Sally 的父亲将给他一个三个小时的课程。故填 Because Sally's father
will give her a three-hour lesson.
65.
【答案】 People who do something unkind.
【解析】根据文中 People who do unkind things to you are not your friends.及 When your friend does
something stupid, you don't have to follow 可知，做一些不友好事情的人们。故填 People who do
something unkind.66.
【答案】（They think）it's wrong to tell lies.
【解析】根据 Alex Don't tell the teacher that your dog ate your homework, especially if you don't
have a dog.及 Jackie When you tell a lie, you have to keep telling lies.可知，他们认为说谎是不
对的。故填（They think）it's wrong to tell lies.
67.
【答案】Mum/Their mums.
【解析】通读这四个学生写的，他们在笔记中都提到了他们的母亲。故填 Mum/Their mums。
68.
【答案】She'll possibly ask the students to share the notes because she wants them to learn
something from others' experiences/to avoid making the same mistakes...
（Any reasonable answer is acceptable.）
【解析】通读整篇短文可知，Ms.Lauren 可能会怎么处理这些笔记。她可能会要求学生分享笔记，因为她希
望他们从别人的经验中学习一些东西/避免犯同样的错误。故填 She'll possibly ask the students to share
the notes because she wants them to learn something from others' experiences/to avoid making the
same mistakes...
六十一、天津
七、任务型阅读（本大题共 1 小题，每小题 5 分，共 5 分）阅读下面短文，根据短文内容完成句子．
42．（5 分）阅读下面短文，根据短文内容完成句子．
Friends are an important part of our lives． We spend time with them， have fun together．and
share our opinions， feelings and even secrets． Life would be boring without friends．
Friends influence who we are． help us learn， support（支持）us in good and bad times．
and care for us even when we are not happy．
Often． we have many happy moments with our friends． We need someone to share things with
to make them more enjoyable． Being lonely for long periods of time is not a great feeling．
That is why it is important to spend time making friends and nurturing （维持），a close
group of friends． It is important to have a friend to talk to，whether（不论） it is about a sad or happy
subject．
In good times， it is wonderful to be able to celebrate with someone． It is also important
to have someone support you if you have just had an unpleasant experience． Friends arc important
pillars（中心人物）of support．
Friends teach us important lessons． No two persons are the same． As time goes by， we
learn to respect one another's differences． This acceptance of others' differences is important
as we meet more and more people in our lives， such as new family members， neighbours and new
friends．
（1）Life without friends．
（2）Being lonely for long periods of time ．
（3）It is important to have a friend to talk to， whether ．
（4）You need someone to support you if ．
（5）No two persons are the same， so we should ．
（1）
【答案】would be boring．
【解析】细节理解题．根据第一段最后的句子 Life would be boring without friends，"没有朋友，生活
将是很无聊的"，可确定此处要填写 would be boring．故答案为 would be boring．
（2）
【答案】is not a great feeling．
【解析】细节理解题．第三段最后的句子 Being lonely for long periods of time is not a great
feeling，意思是"长时间的寂寞不是一种好的感觉"．根据这个句子判定此处应该填写 is not a great
feeling．答案为 is not a great feeling．
（3）
【答案】it is about a sad or happy subject．
【解析】细节理解题．根据文中的句子 It is important to have a friend to talk to，whether it is
about a sad or happy subject，"有一个朋友去聊天儿是很重要的，不管你谈的是难过的还是快乐的话题
"．因此应该填写 it is about a sad or happy subject．故答案为 it is about a sad or happy
subject．
（4）【答案】you have just had an unpleasant experience
【解析】．细节理解题．根据文中的句子 It is also important to have someone support you if you have
just had an unpleasant experience 可 以 确 定 此 题 答 案 是 you have just had an unpleasant
experience．这话的意思是"如果你刚刚有一个不愉快的经历，你需要有人来支持你"．故答案为 you have
just had an unpleasant experience．
（5）
【答案】learn to respect one another's differences．
【解析】细节理解题．文章说 No two persons are the same． As time goes by， we learn to respect
one another's differences，"没有两个人是相同的．随着时间的流逝，我们学会尊重别人的差别"，因此
看出此处要填写 learn to respect one another's differences．故答案为 learn to respect one another's
differences．
六十二、重庆 A 卷
VI. 任务型阅读。（65—67 小题，每小题 2 分，68 题 3 分，共 9 分）
阅读下文并回答问题。
In Jinzhong, Shanxi Province, there is a group of people who are busy drawing maps around.
They are not workers on geography, but dispatchers(调度员) on Emergency(急救) Center of the
city.
Since 2007, the dispatchers in the center have been drawing maps of the local areas.
“A dispatcher’s job is counted in seconds,” says Liang Ruimei, a dispatcher in the center.
She has been working in ther center since it started in 2007. “We must answer the phone in 3
seconds, get clear information about the patient in 60 seconds and dispatch(调度) emergency medical
workers in 3 minutes at most. If we save one second, the patient may have a better chance to live.”
Although nowadays the center has electronic maps, the dispatchers still walk through the
streets to draw maps by hand.
After many years’ hard work, the dispatchers keep every building and street of the city in
mind. They even know whether or not a car can enter the gate of a building. Sometimes the caller
can’t tell clearly where he is, but it doesn’t matter. As long as he describes the buildings
around, the dispatcher can dispatch emergency medical workers to him.“We are trying to be quicker than Death,” says Liang.
65. Is Liang Ruimei a dispatcher in Emergency Center of Jinzhong?
66. When did Emergency Center of Jinzhong start?
67. To be quicker than Death, what do the dispatchers in Emergency Center of Jinzhong do?
68. Do you think it necessary for dispatchers to draw maps by hand when they have electronic maps?
Why or why not?
65.
【答案】Yes, she is.
【解析】由第三段第一句可知答案。
66.
【答案】 In 2007.
【解析】由第三段第二句可知答案。
67.
【答案】They remember every corner of the city through hand-made maps, and dispatch emergency
medical workers to the right place as soon as possible.
【解析】通读全文可推知，这些调度员通过手绘地图来记住城市的每一个角落，以求做到以最快的速度把
进行急救的医务人员送到正确的地方，争分夺秒，挽救生命。
68.
【答案】Yes. Because maps by hand show small facts of the city more correctly and electronic maps
may not work sometimes.
No. Because electronic maps are easier to use and can show the latest road situation.
【解析】此题为开放性试题。
六十三、辽宁大连
Ⅵ.阅读理解（二）（本题共 1 小题，每小题 12 分，共 12 分）阅读下面短文，根据短文内容，回答下列问题．
27．（12 分）Kids love to run here，there and everywhere．But as we age，we seem to lose the enjoyment
of running．This form of exercise，though，offers great benefits（好处）to everyone．It helps
with weight control，and it slows down the effects of aging．It helps us relax and increase
confidence．Running keeps the heart healthy and muscles andd bones strong．It reduces the risk
of heart diseases．In addition to health，running has other benefits．You can run almost
anywhere：You don't need a gym membership or expensive equipment（器械）．For that reason and
others，running is a favourite form of exercise for many people．
If you want to run，how can you get started？It is not wise to start exercising when you
are not feeling well ． If you haven't exercised in awhile ， you should check with your
doctor．He or she will let you know if you're healthy enough to try running．If your doctor
says OK，you're ready to go！
What's next？
Choose a good pair of running shoes．They don't need to be expensive；they just need to
give your feet good support（支撑）．
Find a running partner．On days when you don't feel like exercising，he or she can help
encourage you．If you can't find anyone who enjoys running，take your dog along．It is always
ready to go outside，and the exercise makes it healthier，too．
Be careful with the tra ffic and run facing the cars coming towards you．Don't wear
headphones while running outside．They stop you from hearing c ars，stray dogs（流浪狗），
etc．Wear bright clothing in order to be seen easily．
If you're ready to start，why not take part in the next"Let's Run"？The event is to raise
money for the children and parents in need．It's a great way to experience the pleasure of running
while giving a helping hand to the poor．
（1）What are the advantages of running？（Give two examples）
（2）What should you do first before you try running？
（3）What kind of shoes is good for running？
（4）According to the passage，how can you avoid feeling bored with running？
（5）What sentence can be put on the line？ （6）Now you've finished the P．E．exam，will you keep running？Why or why not？
1：
【答案】It helps with weight control，and it slows down the effects of aging．/It helps us relax
and increase confidence
【解析】 细节理解题 根据文章内容 This form of exercise，though，offers great benefits（好处）
to everyone．It helps with weight control，and it slows down the effects of aging．It helps us
relax and increase confidence ． Running keeps the heart healthy and muscles andd bones
strong．可知跑步给每个人带来了巨大的好处．它有助于控制体重，减缓衰老的影响．它有助于我们放松
和增加信心．跑步可以保持心脏健康，肌肉和骨骼强壮，因只需要举两个例子，故答案为 It helps with
weight control ， and it slows down the effects of aging ． /It helps us relax and increase
confidence．
2：
【答案】I should check with my doctor．
【解析】细节理解题 根据文章内容 If you want to run，how can you get started？It is not wise to
start exercising when you are not feeling well．If you haven't exercised in awhile，you should
check with your doctor．可知如果你想跑步，你怎么能开始呢？当你感觉不舒服的时候开始锻炼是不明智
的．如果你有一段时间没有锻炼，你应该去看医生．故答案为 I should check with my doctor．
3：
【答案】A pair of shoes that can give our feet good support．
【解析】细节理解题 根据文章内容 Choose a good pair of running shoes．They don't need to be expensive；
they just need to give you r feet good support（支撑）可知选择一双好的跑鞋．它们不需要太贵，只
需要给你的脚很好的支撑．故答案为 A pair of shoes that can give our feet good support．
4：
【答案】By finding a running partner or taking a dog along．
【解析】推理判断题 根据文章内容 Find a running partner．On days when you don't feel like exercising，he or she can help encourage you．If you can't find anyone who enjoys running，take
your dog along．It is always ready to go outside，and the exercise makes it healthier，too．可
知找一个跑步伙伴．在你不想运动的日子里，他或她可以帮助鼓励你．如果你找不到任何喜欢跑步的人，
带上你的狗．它总是准备好出门，运动也使它更健康．故答案为 By finding a running partner or taking
a dog along．
5：
【答案】Pay attention while you are running．
【解析】推理判断题 根据空格后的内容 Be careful with the traffic and run facing the cars coming
towards you．Don't wear headphones while running outside．They stop you from hearing cars，stray
dogs（流浪狗），etc．Wear bright clothing in order to be seen easily．可知可知作者说的是当心交
通，面向迎面驶来的车辆行驶，不要在外面跑时戴耳机，以免听到车辆、流浪狗等声音，穿上明亮的衣服，
以便被人看见．总之是在提醒大家当跑步的时候要留心，故答案为 Pay attention while you are
running．
6：
【答案】Yes，I will． Because running offers great benefits（好处）to me．
【解析】细节理解题 根据文章内容 It helps with weight control，and it slows down the effects of
aging．It helps us relax and increase confidence．Running keeps the heart healthy and muscles
andd bones strong．It reduces the risk of heart diseases．In addition to health，running has
other benefits．You can run almost anywhere：You don't need a gym membership or expensive equipment
（器械）．For that reason and others，running is a favourite form of exercise for many people．跑步有
利于控制体重，减缓衰老的影响．它有助于我们放松和增加信心．跑步可以保持心脏健康，肌肉和骨骼强
壮．它可以降低患心脏病的风险．除了健康，跑步还有其他好处．你几乎可以在任何地方跑步：你不需要
健身房会员或昂贵的设备（机械）．正因如此，跑步和其他原因，跑步是许多人最喜欢的运动形式．故答案
为 Yes，I will．Because running offers great benefits to me．
六十四、辽宁朝阳
任务型阅读阅读短文并回答问题．
In the middle of the dark forest，there lives an owl（猫头鹰）．All the animals know that he
is the wisest among all of them．So they often go to him and tell him their problems．Then the
owl always teaches them what to do．
One day，a little bird goes up to the owl．She starts crying．
"I'm not happy at all．I don't want to be a bird，" says the bird．
"Why don't you want to be a bird？"asks the owl．
"I am so small，weak and useless．I want to be big and strong like the lion．He is very
important，but I am not,"she cries．
Then the owl whispers（耳语）something in her ear．At once the bird dries her tears and goes
away．One week later，the bird comes back．"Oh，thank you very much．You are a very wise owl，
"she says to the owl．"I am very happy now．Every day，I sit on the tallest tree and watch for
lions and tigers．When they come near，I shout at the top of my voice．Then my friends all run
and hide．They are very thankful to me．I am useful and important now．"
The wise owl smiles and says，"No one in this world is useless．"
61. Why doesn't the bird want to be a bird at the beginning of the story？_____
62. Does the owl help the bird？_____
63. When does the bird come back to say she is happy now？_____
64. How does the bird tell her friends that they are in danger？_____
65. What can you learn from the passage？_____
61.
【答案】Because she thinks she is so small，weak and useless．
【解析】 根据第四和第五段内容"Why don't you want to be a bird？"asks the owl．"I am so small，
weak and useless．I want to be big and strong like the lion．He is very important，but I am
not，"shecries．可知"你为什么不想做一只鸟呢？"猫头鹰问．"我是如此的渺小、软弱和无用．我想跟狮
子一样高大和强壮．他是非常重要的，但我不是，"她喊道．故答案为 Because she thinks she is so small,weak and useless．
62.
【答案】Yes，he does．
【解析】 根据 Then the owl whispers（耳语）something in her ear．At once the bird dries her tears
and goes away．One week later，the bird comes back．"Oh，thank you very much．You are a very wise
owl，"she says to the owl．然后猫头鹰在她耳边低语．鸟儿立刻擦干眼泪走开了．一周后，鸟儿回来
了．"哦，非常感谢你．你是一只非常聪明的猫头鹰，"她对猫头鹰说．可见猫头鹰是帮了小鸟的，故答案
为 Yes，he does．
63.
【答案】One week later．
【解析】根据文章内容 Then the owl whispers（耳语）something in her ear．At once the bird dries
her tears and goes away．One week later，the bird comes back．"Oh，thank you very much．You are
a very wise owl，"she says to the owl．"I am very happy now．"然后猫头鹰在她耳边低语．鸟儿立刻擦干
眼泪走开了．一周后，鸟儿回来了．"哦，非常感谢你．你是一只非常聪明的猫头鹰，"她对猫头鹰说．"我
现在很高兴．每天，我都坐在最高的树上看着狮子．"老虎和老虎．当它们靠近时，我高声喊叫．然后我的
朋友们都跑去躲起来．他们非常感谢我．我现在很有用，也很重要．"可知是一周后小鸟回来告诉猫头鹰她
很开心．
64.
【答案】 By shouting．
【解析】根据文章 Every day，I sit on the tallest tree and watch for lions and tigers．When they
come near，I shout at the top of my voice．Then my friends all run and hide．They are very thankful
to me．I am useful and important now．每天，我都坐在最高的树上看着狮子．"老虎和老虎．当它们靠
近时，我高声喊叫．然后我的朋友们都跑去躲起来．他们非常感谢我．我现在很有用，也很重要．可知当
她的朋友处于危险时，她通过大声叫喊来提醒她的朋友们，故答案为 By shouting．
65.
【答案】No one in this world is useless．
【解析】根据文章故事的内容以及最后一段的内容 The wise owl smiles and says，"No one in this world
is useless．"我们可以受到的启发是每个人乃至动物都有他的价值和用处，没有谁是毫无用处的，故答案
为 No one in this world is useless．阅读短文，根据要求完成任务．
①Travel study is a new way to spend the holiday．Have you ever heard about it？
When you have a travel study，you can see Big Ben，Sydney Opera House and so many other
places．During the travel study，you may go traveling ②by yourself，or with your family or your
friends．
When you travel，you are in a different culture every day．③You will find different new foods
and make new friends easily．You read all these from books in the past，but now it is real and
you are part of it．Besides（而且），you may also learn other cultures from your new friends because
they are from different countries．
Maybe you already have a foreign teacher to teach you English in your school．But he or she
will not stay to speak English with you all the time，right？During the travel study，you have
to speak it every day and almost everywhere because you are into an English﹣speaking country！
It will also give you a chance to live by yourself．That will teach you how to live．④如
果我迷路了，我该做什么？"How can I buy what I want with my poor English？"You have to be clever
and find answers for yourself．
⑤In conclusion，you can get a lot from the travel study．
66. 将①句译成中文．_____
67. 写出②处的同义词．_____
68. 写出③句的同义句．_____
69. 将④句译成英语．_____
70. ⑤处短语的意思是：
A. 最后 B. 总之 C. 结果
66.
【答案】旅游学习是一种新的度假方式
【解析】旅游学习是一种新的度假方式．句子翻译题，这是一个简单句，Travel study 旅游学习；a new way
一种新的方式；spend the holiday 度过假期，故答案为旅游学习是一种新的度假方式．
67.
【答案】alone
【解析】alone 独自地．词义理解题，根据文章内容 During the travel study，you may go traveling by yourself，or with your family or your friends．可知在学习旅行时，你可以自己去旅行，也可以和家
人或朋友一起去旅行．此处 by yourself 为独自的意思，所以答案为 alone（独自地）．
68.
【答案】It is easy（for you）to find different new foods and make new friends．
【解析】It is easy（for you）to find different new foods and make new friends．同义句转化题。
根据文章内容 You will find different new foods and make new friends easily．该句意思是你会很容
易发现不同的新食物，很容易交到新朋友．这句话可以用 It is easy（for you）to find different new foods
and make new friends．本句 It 作为形式主语，用到了句型 It's +adj+for sb to do sth．（做某事对某
人是…的．）find different new foods 发现不同的新食物，make new friends 交到新朋友，故答案为 It is
easy（for you）to find different new foods and make new friends．
69.
【答案】What should I do if I get lost my way？
【解析】What should I do if I get lost my way？句子翻译题．What should I do 意为我应该做什么；
if I get lost my way，if 引导的从句，意为如果我迷路了．故答案为 What should I do if I get lost
my way？
70.
【答案】B
【解析】词义猜测题，根据所猜测短语的后面的内容 you can get a lot from the travel study．你可以
从旅游学习中得到很多，以及前文已经罗列了旅游学习的种种好处，故此处应该是对全文的一个总结，因
此 In conclusion 应该是"总之"的意思，故答案为 B
六十五、辽宁营口
IV. 阅读理解（共 30 分，每小题 2 分）
Passage 1 阅读短文，回答问题。
Yang Yu, 14, of Jilin, hasn’t adapted (适应) himself to the changes in his classroom since
the first day of this term: teachers now hold classes with a computer and screen. “Instead of
writing on the blackboard as before, they click the mouse and show us the Power Point (PPT) slides
(幻灯片) on the screen. Sometimes, there is not even one word on the blackboard after a whole
class,” Yang said. “I’m not quite used to the multimedia (多媒体) class.”More and more middle schools in China now use multimedia in class. Teachers put their courses
on a computer and show their lessons with a PPT. To make the lessons more interesting, they play
animations (动画) and movies.
Hu Wei, an English teacher in Sichuan, thinks multimedia class seems to be more interesting
than traditional classes. His students practice their oral English by following music and
animations on a computer. “It helps them speak English bravely and actively,” Hu says. “Besides,
it’s also a helpful tool for teachers because showing PPTs saves us more time than writing notes
on the blackboard.”
However, multimedia class makes things more difficult for students like Liu Yifang, a
15-year-old Beijinger. She can’t take all her notes as before. “There are no words on the
blackboard, but many on the screen,” Liu says. “Besides, my teacher speaks so fast that I can’t
catch up.”
Liu thinks it is not the best way to learn. “For me, I like the old way. I agree that the
multimedia is helpful, but so is the blackboard,” Liu says. “If teachers can use both tools
properly in class, I think that will be really good for everyone.”
86. What equipment (设备) do Yang Yu’s teachers use in multimedia class?
____________________________________
87. According to Paragraph 2, what can teachers do to make their lessons more interesting?
____________________________________
88. How do teachers save students more time in class according to Hu Wei?
____________________________________
89. How many reasons does Liu Yifang mention why she can’t take all her notes as before?
____________________________________
90. What’s Liu Yifang’s advice on class teaching?
____________________________________
86．
【答案】A computer and screen．
【解析】细节理解题，根据 teachers now hold classes with a computer and screen．老师们现在用电脑和
屏幕来上课． 故答案是：A computer and screen．
87．【答案】They play animations and movies
【解析】 细节理解题，根据 To make the lessons more interesting， they play animations and
movies．为了使课程更有趣，他们播放动画和电影．故答案是：They play animations and movies．
88．
【答案】By showing PPTs．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 it's also a helpful tool for teachers because showing PPTs saves us more
time than writing notes on the blackboard．"这对教师来说也是一个有用的工具，因为显示 PPT 比在黑板
上写笔记节省了我们更多的时间．"故答案是：By showing PPTs
89．
【答案】Two．
【解析】细节理解题．There are no words on the blackboard， but many on the screen，" Liu
says． "Besides， my teacher speaks so fast that I can't catch up．""黑板上没有单词，但屏幕上
有很多单词，"刘说，"此外，我的老师说得太快，我赶不上了．"可知是两个原因．故答案是 Two．
90．
【答案】Teachers can use both tools properly in class
【解析】．细节理解题．根据"If teachers can use both tools properly in class， I think that will
be really good for everyone．""如果老师能在课堂上正确地使用这两种工具，我认为这对每个人都有好
处．"故答案是 Teachers can use both tools properly in class．
Passage 2 阅读短文，填写表格，每空一词。
The summer holiday is coming. What a perfect chance to plan a trip! How about backpacking (背包旅
行)? Maybe you’re too young to do it. But it doesn’t matter. Follow me and you’ll learn about
an interesting way to travel.
Have you ever noticed foreigners with big bags on their backs? They wear jeans and T-shirts,
and have guidebooks or maps in their hands. They look curious (好奇的) about everything they
see. They enjoy themselves without a tour group. That’s right! They are backpackers.
Backpacking is a popular way for Westerners to travel outside of their country. It’s cheap
so that people can travel more and see more places. Most backpackers are young people because
backpacking needs a strong body, courage and freedom.
Backpackers usually do some homework before setting out. They search for information about their destination (目的地) country: food, fun places to visit, hostels (青年旅舍) and things to
buy. They are sure they know how to change planes or where to get the train.
Backpacking is a freer way to travel. You can change your destination whenever you want. It
also allows travelers to explore and see more. And you can decide how long to stay there. If you
go with a tour group, there may be a lot of rules and you may not be free to do things as you
like.
An interesting way to travel—— Backpacking
The 91.________
about
backpackers
★They are travelers who usually enjoy traveling without
a tour group.
★Many Western backpackers like to travel 92.________ and
they can travel more and see more places.
★Most of them are young people who are strong, courageous
and 93.________.
The
preparations
for backpacking
★Before 94.________, it’s necessary to search for the
information about the destination country.
The 95.________
of backpacking
★The backpackers can change the destination whenever they
want and they can explore and see more.
★The backpackers can control their own time freely.
91．
【答案】introduction
【解析】 考查名词 根据 The （1）introduction about backpackers 后面三点是对背包客的介绍，所以
用 introduction，故答案为 introduction．
92．
【答案】abroad
【解析】考查副词 根据 Backpacking is a popular way for Westerners to travel outside of their
country．对于西方人来说，背包旅行是一种受欢迎的出国旅行的方式．可知是 travel outside of their
country＝travel abroad，故答案为 abroad．
93．【答案】free
【解析】 考查形容词 根据 Most backpackers are young people because backpacking needs a strong
body， courage and freedom．大多数背包客都是年轻人，因为背包旅行需要强壮的身体，勇气和自由．可
知他们大多数是坚强、勇敢和自由的年轻人．题干中 strong， courageous 皆为形容词，故答案为 free．
94．
【答案】leaving
【解析】 考查动名词 根据 Backpackers usually do some homework before setting out． They search
for information about their destination （目的地） country．背包客通常在出发前做一些功课．他们搜
索有关目的国的信息．根据 set off＝leave，出发，动身，离开 before doing sth， 故答案为 leaving．
95．
【答案】advantages
【解析】 考查名词 根据 The backpackers can change the destination whenever they want and they
can explore and see more．The backpackers can control their own time freely．背包客可以随时改
变目的地，他们可以探索并看到更多．背包客可以自由支配自己的时间．可知这两句是描述背包旅行的优
点，advantage，优点，可数名词，两个优点用复数，故答案为 advantages．
Passage 3 阅读短文，从 A-E 五个句子中选择正确选项还原到文中，使短文内容完整、正确。
Dear daughter,
You are a wonderful person and your mother and I love you. It will not be long before you
leave school to make your way in the world. Can I give you some friendly advice? Here are some
things that you should never do.
★ Never get upset with your look.
We think you look great. 96._______ Eat well, take exercise and be healthy. Some girls worry
too much about not getting the perfect shape. You look fine.
★ Never put yourself at serious risk.
97._______ And sometimes you have to avoid things that look like they might be fun, like
smoking.
★ 98._______
You are great and able to achieve great things, so believe in yourself. When things go badly,
never stop believing. Some girls get upset, doubt themselves and lose confidence. Then many problems can follow.
★ Never give less than your best.
We are very proud of what you have achieved. You should be proud, too. 99._______
★ Never forget that your parents love you.
Whatever happens in life, your family will still be your family. 100._______ We are here for
you and we will try to help.
Love,
Dad
A. Keep trying your best at everything you do.
B. Whatever difficulties you have, you can always talk to us．
C. Please be happy with the person you are and the body you have.
D. You can’t trust people until you really know them.
E. Never look down on yourself.
96．
【答案】C
【解析】 根据后句 Eat well， take exercise and be healthy．吃得好，锻炼身体，保持健康．可知结合选
项，应说请为你自己和你的身体感到快乐．故选 C．
97．
【答案】D
【解析】 根据前句 Never put yourself at serious risk．不要把自己置于严重的危险之中．可知结合选
项，应说只有真正了解一个人，你才会相信他．故选 D．
98．
【答案】E
【解析】 根据前面两个标题和后句 You are great and able to achieve great things， so believe in
yourself．你是伟大的，能够成就伟大的事情，所以相信你自己．可知结合选项，应说永远不要小看自
己．故选 E．
99．
【答案】A
【解析】 根据前句 Never give less than your best．永远不要放弃你最好的．可知结合选项，应说做任何事都要全力以赴．故选 A．
100．
【答案】B
【解析】 根据后句 We are here for you and we will try to help．我们在这里为你服务，我们会尽力
帮助你．可知结合选项，应说无论你有什么困难，你都可以和我们谈谈．故选 B．
六十六、湖南株洲
第二节 回答问题
阅读下面的材料，然后根据材料内容回答问题。
Sometimes we throw apple remains into forests, hoping small animals around may find them.
But what if they are never noticed? People believe they would rot (腐烂) one day. So it
doesn’t matter. Is that true?
Sure they will. But it won’t happen overnight.
Marjorie Woodruff works in the Grand Canyon, set up a small experiment. She put a banana peel
(皮), orange peels in a box, wide enough to allow small animals to go in and out. After six
months, the orange peels had dried out, the banana had turned black. Nothing had been eaten or
had rotted.
She buried the same things in sand and soil and six months later everything could still be
seen.
In fact, it takes two months for apple remains to rot and an orange peel can take up to one
year.
“Do we eat orange peels? We do not. So why would a squirrel (松鼠) eat?” Woodruff writes
in High Country News, “The animals do just fine on nuts and berries. They do not need us.”
There’s another point to think about.
When animals start to get food from people, they may stop looking for their own food in nature.
This is dangerous because it may weaken their hunting ability. Besides, they need different food.
,Food waste also attracts animals to areas where there are a lot of people, says the Leave
No Trace organization. This may put their life in danger as they may get used to looking for food
alongside busy roads. Many of them are too small to be noticed by drivers.
When you’re throwing fruit remains, you may be fined (罚款). Fines are different. Some states
might only fine people $100, but a few states fine people more than $6,000 for a first time.
46. Where does Marjorie Woodruff work?
47. How long does it take for apple remains to rot?
48. Which animal is mentioned?
49. How much might you be fined at least if you throw fruit remains?
50. Why can’t we give food waste to animals?
46.
【答案】 In the Grand Canyon
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Marjorie Woodruff, works in the Grand Canyon 可知，马乔里伍德拉夫在科
罗拉多大峡谷工作，故填 In the Grand Canyon。
47.
【答案】Two months
【解析】细节理解题。根据 In fact, it takes two months for apple remains to rot 可知，苹果皮腐烂需要
两个月，故填 Two months。
48.
【答案】Squirrel
【解析】细节理解题。根据 So why would a squirrel (松鼠) eat“为什么松鼠会吃呢？”可知，文中提到了
松鼠，故填 Squirrel。
49.
【答案】100 dollars
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Some states might only fine people $100, but a few states fine people
more than $6,000 for a first time“一些州可能仅仅罚人们 100 美元，但是一些州第一次会罚人们多达
6000 美元”可知，至少罚 100 美元，故填 100 dollars。
50.
【答案】Because different animals need different food and it will weaken their hunting ability
【解析】细节理解题。根据“Do we eat orange peels? We do not. So why would a squirrel (松鼠) eat?” Woodruff writes in High Country News, “The animals do just fine on nuts and berries. They
do not need us.”“我们吃橘子皮吗？我们不吃，所以为什么松鼠要吃？这个动物仅仅吃坚果和浆果，他
们不需要我们”以及 When animals start to get food from people, they may stop looking for their
own food in nature. This is dangerous because it may weaken their hunting ability. Besides, they
need different food“当动物开始从人么这里得到食物时，他们可能会停止自己寻找食物，这个是危险的，
因为这个可能会削弱他们的打猎能力，除此之外，他们需要不同的食物”可知，不同的动物需要不同的食
物，并且这样会削弱他们的打猎的能力，故填 Because different animals need different food and it will
weaken their hunting ability。
六十七、山东淄博
五、阅读表达(共 5 题,满分 10 分)
阅读下面短文，根据短文内容回答问题。
Around the world, people live in homes of many shapes and sizes. In some countryside, people
live together with their family in a huge house with gardens or backyards. On the other hand,
the buildings in cities are usually very close together.
A home can be any kind of building- large or small. Some people even have homes on boats,
in tents or in caravans that can be moved around. Caravans are mobile homes. They are towed(拖，
拉) by either a car or a huge truck. Some of them are holiday homes. We can see many families
staying together in these caravans.
In the past, rich and important people built strong castles to keep their families safe. The
castles(城堡) were built on hill tops with high walls and some even had moats. Moats were deep
and wide ditches(壕沟) filled with water. They made it difficult for enemies to attack.
Today, we have different ways of protecting our homes. Some homes are installed(安装) with
video cameras and an alarm system. These will help to alert(向……报警) home owners if someone
tries to break in.
Homes are important to all the people. Everyone needs a home where they feel sheltered and safe.
47. How are the buildings in cities?
________________________________________________________
48. What is used to tow the caravans?
________________________________________________________
49. Who built castles to keep their families safe in the past?
________________________________________________________
50. Why were moats built?
________________________________________________________
51. What do people use to protect their homes today?
________________________________________________________
47.
【答案】They are usually very close together.
【解析】根据文中 On the other hand, the buildings in cities are usually very close together.可
知，他们通常挨的很近。故填 They are usually very close together.
48.
【答案】Either a car or a huge truck.
【解析】根据文中 Caravans are mobile homes. They are towed(拖，拉) by either a car or a huge truck
可知，不是汽车就是大卡车。故填 Either a car or a huge truck.
49.
【答案】Rich people.
【解析】根据文中 In the past, rich and important people built strong castles to keep their families
safe.可知，这里是说是富人们。故填 Rich people.
50.
【答案】Because they made it difficult for enemies to attack.
【解析】根据文中 Moats were deep and wide ditches(壕沟) filled with water. They made it difficult
for enemies to attack.可知，因为它们让敌人很难进攻。故填 Because they made it difficult for enemies
to attack.
51.
【答案】Video cameras and an alarm system.【解析】根据文中 Today, we have different ways of protecting our homes. Some homes are installed(安
装) with video cameras and an alarm system. These will help to alert(向……报警) home owners if
someone tries to break in.可知，摄像机和报警系统。故填 Video cameras and an alarm system.
六十八、内蒙古赤峰
六、读写实践(共 10 个小题，每小题 2 分，共 20 分)
A.根据短文内容，完成空格，每空一词。请将正确答案填写在答题卡指定的横线上。
NAO is a 58cm- tall robot. He is small, cute and round. You can' t help but love him! NAO
is
created to be a friendly partner around the house. He moves, recognizes(识别) you. bears you and
even talk to you.
Since his birth in 2006, he has been better and better at pleasing, understanding and loving
you.
Maybe one day he will become your friend. His cute look and wonderful communication skills make
him really lovely and popular.
He can be a good helper. Ask him to do something and he does. For example, ask NAO to wake
you up in the morning, to watch your home during the day or to teach you new things whenever you
want. You no longer need a keyboard, a computer or a mouse to communicate with technology. All
you have to do is to talk to him.
He can be a sweet family member. He can learn to read your moods, so that he always knows
the
right thing to say. He can recognize your family members and call them by their first names. You
can
teach him how to choose the music, food and film you like best.（71）
【答案】height．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 NAO is a 58cm-tall robot．NAO 是一个 58 厘米高的机器人．可知是
身高 58 厘米．故答案是 height．
（72）
【答案】
【解析】
years．细节理解题．根据 Since his birth in 2006 自 2006 年出生以来，今年 2019 年，可知
他 13 岁了．故答案是 years．
（73）
【答案】communication
【解析】．细节理解题．根据 His cute lok and wonderful communication skills make him really
lovelyandpopular．他可爱的外表和出色的沟通技巧使他非常可爱和受欢迎．可知是交流技能，
故答案是 communication．
（74）
【答案】when．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 to teach you new things whenever you want．随时随地教你新东
西． whenever =no matter when．故答案是 when．（75）
【答案】favorite．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 You can teach him how to choose the music， food and film you
like best．你可以教他如何选择你最喜欢的音乐、食物和电影．like best =favorite．故答案
是 favorite．
B.根揖短文内容回答问题。请将正确答案填写在答题卡指定的位置上。
One day, you open the fridge and find some moldy（发霉的）food. But before you can throw it
away，your mother stops you. She doesn' t want to waste food. She cuts off the moldy pan and
eats the rest. Is it safe to do this?
Mold（霉菌）can grow on almost all kinds of food. Mold is usually green, white, black or
gray.
Mold makes food ®oft and changes it’s color. Moldy food tastes quite bad—and it's not safe to
eat.
If you find mold in soft food, just throw it away. Bread, tomatoes and hot dogs are soft food.
This
kind of food allows mold to easily grow below its surface.
But it's easy to remove mold from hard food. The mold can't grow very deeply inside this
kind of
food. According to the BBC, you should cut about 2.5 cm around and below the mold and remove it.
It' s OK to cut the moldy parts out of hard food and eat the rest. But if the food is completely
covered with mold, you should still throw it away.
Most kinds of mold are bad for us. But some kinds of mold can be used to make food. For example,
peniciliium（青霉菌）can be used to make many types of cheeses, such as blue cheese. These cheeses
are safe to eat and they' re quite delicious as well：
76. What color is mold?
77. How does moldy food taste?
78. How should you deal with the soft food when you find mold in it?
79. Is it easy or difficult to remove mold from hard food?
80. What can some kinds of mold be used to do?
（76）
【答案】Green， white， black or gray．
【 解 析 】 细 节 理 解 题 ． 根 据 第 二 段 Mold is usually green ， white ， black or gray． 霉 菌 通 常 是 绿 色 的 ， 白 色 的 ， 黑 色 的 或 灰 色 的 可 知 ． 故 答 案 为 ： Green，
white， black or gray．
（77）
【答案】Quite bad．
【解析】细 节 理 解 题 ． 根 据 第 二 段 Moldy food tastes quite bad 发 霉 的 食 物 尝 起 来 很 糟
糕．故答案为： Quite bad．
（78）
【答案】Just throw it away．
【 解 析 】 细 节 理 解 题 ． 根 据 第 三 段 If you find mold in soft food ，
just throw it away ． 如 果 你 发 现 软 的 食 物 上 面 有 霉 菌 ， 就 扔 掉 吧 可 知 ． 故 答 案 为 ：
Just throw it away．
（79）
【答案】Yes，it is easy．
【解析】细节理解题．根据第四段 But it's easy to remove mold from hard food．但
是很容易除掉除掉硬食物上的霉菌．故答案为：Yes，it is easy．
（80）
【答案】To make food．
【 解 析 】 细 节 理 解 题 ． 根 据 第 五 段
But some kinds of mold can be used to make food． 但 是 有 些 霉 菌 能 用 来 制 作 食
物可知．故答案为：To make food．
六十九、黑龙江大庆
Arctic fox (北极狐) is a kind of small fox that lives in the Arctic. It grows about 50
centimeters (厘米) long, not including its tail, 30 centimeters tall and weighs from 3 to 7
kilos.
The Arctic foxes are white or blue in color. The white ones are white in winter, but gray-brown
in summer. The blue ones are blue-gray all year round. The Arctic foxes have long, thick hair
that is called fur (毛皮). And the long fur covers their whole bodies, including both their cat
eyes and rabbit feet, to keep them warm in the low temperature in the Arctic.The Arctic foxes feed mainly on birds, birds’ eggs and other small animals. Teamwork is the
way they look for food, and they don’t like to do that alone.
Baby Arctic foxes are very lovely. They don’t open their eyes until a week after their birth.
For the first half of the year, their parents offer them food. They begin to look for food on
their own when they are about six months old. The next year they can live alone.
Today the number of the Arctic foxes is becoming smaller and smaller, because people kill
them for their fur to make beautiful coats for money. Something must be done to protect the Arctic
foxes.
Answer the questions according to the passage. (必须使用完整语句作答)
66. What is the weight of an Arctic fox?
________________________________________________________
67. What is an Arctic fox’s long, thick hair called?
________________________________________________________
68. What do the Arctic foxes mainly feed on?
________________________________________________________
69. When do baby Arctic foxes begin to look for food on their own?
________________________________________________________
70. Why is the number of the Arctic foxes becoming smaller and smaller?
________________________________________________________
66.
【答案】It weighs from 3 to 7 kilos.
【解析】问题：北极狐的体重是多少？根据第一段最后的句子"and weighs from 3 to 7 kilos. "可知，北极
狐重 3 至 7 公斤。故答案为 It weighs from 3 to 7 kilos。
67.
【答案】An Arctic fox's long, thick hair is called fur./ It is called fur.
【解析】问题：北极狐长而浓密的毛发叫什么？根据第二段中的句子"The Arctic foxes have long, thick
hair that is called fur (毛皮). " 北极狐的毛又长又厚，被称为皮毛。故答案为 An Arctic fox's
long, thick hair is called fur./ It is called fur。
68.
【答案】They feed mainly on birds, birds' eggs and other small animals.【解析】问题：北极狐主要以什么为食？根据第三段中的句子"The Arctic foxes feed mainly on birds,
birds' eggs and other small animals. "可知，北极狐主要以鸟类、鸟蛋和其他小动物为食。故答案为 They
feed mainly on birds, birds' eggs and other small animals。
69.
【答案】They begin to look for food on their own when they are about six months old.
【解析】问题：小北极狐什么时候开始自己寻找食物？根据倒数第二段中的句子"They begin to look for
food on their own when they are about six months old. "可知，当小北极狐六个月大的时候，他们开
始自己寻找食物。故答案为 They begin to look for food on their own when they are about six months
old。
70.
【答案】Because people kill them for their fur to make beautiful coats for money.
【解析】问题：为什么北极狐狸的数量越来越少？根据短文最后一段中的句子"Today the number of the
Arctic foxes is becoming smaller and smaller, because people kill them for their fur to make
beautiful coats for money. "北极狐的数量越来越少，因为人们为了赚钱而杀死它们来制作漂亮的皮毛。
故答案为 Because people kill them for their fur to make beautiful coats for money。
七十、辽宁鞍山
综合阅读
阅读短文，根据短文内容，按要求完成任务。
Many young people have trouble communicating with their Parents. However, there are some useful
tips to help solve this problem.
First, make a list of the things you and your parents disagree about most. With each of these
things, try to find an acceptable answer to you and your parents. It is not good for you to require
everything to go your way. (A)You have to be ready to change a little if you want them to change.
Second, talk to your parents when it is convenient for them. Remember that your parents may
have to work long hours and this can make them tired, so be patient with them.
Third, listen to what your parents have to say. How can you expect them to listen to you if
you are not ready to listen to (B)them? So try to be an active listener. In addition, your parents
were once young like you, so they can understand your situation better than you expect.Finally, if you do not get a satisfactory result, try not to get too angry. (C)You should
talk with your parents further in order that you can find out their reasons. Part of growing up
is learning to live with these kinds of disagreements, and learning to understand another person’s
way of looking at things. With a little hard work, you can learn to communicate better with your
parents.
56. 把(A)处画线句子译成汉语
__________________________________________________________________________
57. 把(C)处画线句子译成汉语
__________________________________________________________________________
58. 写出(B)处画线单词指代的内容________________________________________________
59. 在文中找出两个与父母沟通中你应采取的态度的词 _____________, _____________
60. 用短语或句子写出作者想要表达的主题_________________________________________
56.
【答案】如果想让你的父母改变，你必须做好做一点改变的准备/乐意做一点改变。
【解析】短语 have to do sth.表示必须做某事；be ready to do sth.表示乐于去做某事；change a little
改变一点；这里是 if 引导的条件状语从句，意思是“如果”，短语 want sb. to do sth.表示想让某人去做
某事。根据题意，故填如果想让你的父母改变，你必须做好做一点改变的准备/乐意做一点改变。
57.
【答案】你应该和父母深入交谈，以便找到他们（不同意/与你意见不一致）的原因。
【解析】should+动词原形；短语 talk with…表示和某人交谈；further 更深的；in order that.引导目的
状语从句；can+动词原形；短语 find out 表示找到，找出；their reasons 他们的原因；故填你应该和父母
深入交谈，以便找到他们（不同意/与你意见不一致）的原因。
58.
【答案】parents
【解析】根据上文 Third, listen to what your parents have to say. How can you expect them to listen
toyou 可知下文中的 them 指的是“父母”，parents 父母。如果你不乐意听他们说，你怎样能期待他们听你
说？故填 parents。
59.
【答案】(1). patient (2). active
【解析】根据文中 So try to be an active listener.； so be patient with them.可知，和父母沟通应该有耐心和积极，故填(1). patient (2). active
60.
【答案】 learn to communicate with your parents / Learn to communicate with your parents
【解析】通读整篇短文可知，这篇短文主要讲述了要学会和父母沟通。根据题意，故填 learn to communicate
with your parents / Learn to communicate with your parents
阅读短文，根据短文内容，回答下列问题
Something caught my eyes when I was walking down the street. Two silver coins were shining
in a melting(融化的) snow bank(积雪)，so I dug through the snow to look for more. Of course, I
just ended up with two cold hands. I slipped the two coins into my pocket and went home, colder
but richer. I began to think about how to spend the money.
Two days later, Mary and her little sister Susy were searching the snow banks. “Finder are
keepers” was my first thought. I didn’t want to hand them out even though Susy was already crying.
“I dropped them right here,” she said with tears. Her hands were cold and red for digging in
the snow. “Maybe they slid down(滑下) the street with the melting snow. Let’s dig over
there." Mary’s voice sounded confident.
“They'll never know ” was my second thought, and I walked past them. “Peter, have you seen
two silver coins?” asked Mary. Susy looked up from digging. Her eyes were hopeful.
“Tell a lie” was my third thought. “As a matter of fact,” I hesitated(犹豫)，“I dug
two coins out of that snow bank just a few days ago. I wondered who might have lost them.” Susy
hugged me with a big smile, “Oh, thank you, thank you.”
61. Why did the writer dig through the snow?
______________________________________________________
62. When did Mary and Susy search the snow banks?
______________________________________________________
63. Who was confident of finding out the silver coins, Mary or Susy?
______________________________________________________
64. How did Susy feel when she saw the writer?
______________________________________________________65. What might the writer do with the two coins in the end?
______________________________________________________
61.
【答案】To look for more silver coins.
【解析】根据文中 Two silver coins were shining in a melting(融化的) snow bank(积雪)，so I dug
through the snow to look for more.可知，作者寻找更多的银币。故填 To look for more silver
coins.。
62.
【答案】Two days later( after Peter found the silver coins.)
【 解 析 】 根 据 文 中 Two days later, Mary and her little sister Susy were searching the snow
banks.可知，两天之后。故填 Two days later( after Peter found the silver coins.)。
63.
【答案】Mary
【解析】根据文中 Maybe they slid down(滑下) the street with the melting snow. Let’s dig over
there." Mary’s voice sounded confident.可知，玛丽更自信。故填 Mary。
64.
【答案】Hopeful.
【解析】根据文中 and I walked past them. “Peter, have you seen two silver coins?” asked
Mary. Susy looked up from digging. Her eyes were hopeful. 可 知 ， Susy 感 到 充 满 希 望 。 故 填
Hopeful.。
65.
【答案】He might return the two coins to Susy and Mary.
【解析】根据文中“I dug two coins out of that snow bank just a few days ago. I wondered who might
have lost them.” Susy hugged me with a big smile, “Oh, thank you, thank you.”可知，他可能会把这两
枚硬币还给 Susy and Mary.故填 He might return the two coins to Susy and Mary.。
七十一、吉林长春
“Every worker coming to Beijing has their own reasons. No one lives here without a dream,”
said Chen Jianguo, a 35-year-old food deliveryman(送餐员) from a small city called Songyuan.Chen Jianguo dreamed of having his own business in Beijing about 16 years ago when he graduated
from senior high school. but his father asked him to take his place as a truck driver at the oil
field. Although Chen disliked the job, he didn’t want to let his father down. He took the job
as a truck driver. Then he got married and had a son.
"I got quite good pay, but life was boring there during those years. Most of the time I had
nothing to do, because the trucks were not often used," said Chen.
Two months ago, Chen decided to give up his job and come to Beijing. His wife agreed that
he should go for his dream.
Chen has been a food deliveryman for a month. He works 15 hours every day and hardly has time
for lunch at noon. Chen spends only 10 yuan on each meal to cut the cost of living in Beijing.
"I want to give a better life to my wife and little son." he said. "I must work harder and try
to become the best food deliveryman at my station." Chen likes his job because he can meet many
different people. Every "thank you" from a customer is like praise for his work.
Chen plans to start his own restaurant in the future, so he always writes down what food people
have ordered. In this way, he gets a better knowledge of people's tastes.
根据短文内容，回答下列问题。
66. Where is Chen Jianguo from?
_________________________________________________________________
67. What was Chen's job before he came to Beijing?
_________________________________________________________________
68. Who supported Chen's decision?
_________________________________________________________________
69. How long does Chen work in Beijing every day?
_________________________________________________________________
70. Why does Chen want to get a better knowledge of people's tastes?
_________________________________________________________________
66.
【答案】He is from a small city called Songyuan.
【解析】根据文中“Every worker coming to Beijing has their own reasons. No one lives here without
a dream,” said Chen Jianguo, a 35-year-old food deliveryman(送餐员) from a small city called Songyuan.可知，他来自一个叫松原的小城市。故填 He is from a small city called Songyuan.。
67.
【答案】He was a truck driver before he came to Beijing.
【解析】根据文中 Although Chen disliked the job, he didn’t want to let his father down. He took
the job as a truck driver.可知，他来北京之前是个卡车司机。故填 He was a truck driver before he
came to Beijing.。
68.
【答案】 His wife.
【解析】根据文中 His wife agreed that he should go for his dream.可知，他的妻子支持他。故填 His
wife。
69.
【答案】15 hours
【解析】根据文中 He works 15 hours every day and hardly has time for lunch at noon.可知，每天工作 15
小时。故填 15 hours。
70.
【答案】Because he plans to start his own restaurant in the future.
【解析】根据文中 Chen plans to start his own restaurant in the future, so he always writes down
what food people have ordered 可知，因为他计划将来开自己的餐馆。故填 Because he plans to start
his own restaurant in the future.。
七十二、青海西宁
任务型阅读
I remember when I was growing up, my mom always said, “Half the fun of doing anything is
sharing it with others.” It’s so true. Friends allow us to enjoy the taste of our success and
our joys and comfort us in our challenging moments. They provide a mirror for us to learn more
about ourselves. I have always looked at friends as the family members. They enrich our lives.
As Robert Louis Steven once said, “A ①________ is a present which you give yourself.”
To be a good friend, ②成为一个年的听众是很重要的。Hear what your friend says first rather
than making conclusions (结论) quickly. Sometimes it is useful to repeat their words back to them, it can help them to realize whether their words were what they wanted to say.
Patience is also important in being a good friend. You know the old golden rule. “Care for
others in the way you would like them to care for you.” The support of a friend during a difficult
time could make a difference between success and failure. ③ Encouragement is the best gift that
can change a person’s life.
We should choose our friends carefully, because they can have a huge influence in our life.
As someone told me “Your friends are like the button (按钮) on a lift. ④ Sometimes they will
take you up, sometimes they will take you down.”
58. 请在①处填入一个恰当的单词。________________
59. 请将②处划线句子翻译成英语。
________________________________________________________________________________
60. 请将③处划线句子翻译成汉语。
________________________________________________________________________________
61. 请将④处划线句子用合适的连词改为一个同义句。（每空一词）
They will take you ________ up ________ down.
62. Why should we choose our friends carefully?
________________________________________________________________________________
58.
【答案】friend
【解析】根据上文 They provide a mirror for us to learn more about ourselves. I have always looked
at friends as the family members. They enrich our lives. As Robert Louis Steven once said,可知，下文
是“朋友就是你给自己的一个礼物。”这里是是一个朋友，friend 名词，意思是“朋友”。故填 friend。
59.
【 答 案 】 It’s very/quite/pretty important to be /become a good listener.To be/To become/
Being/Becoming a good listener is very/quite/pretty important.
【解析】It’s very/quite/pretty important to do sth.表示做某事是重要的，可以让 it 做形式主语，
be /become a good listener.成为一个好的听者；这里也可以用动词不定式做主语或动名词做主语；To be/To
become/ Being/Becoming a good listener 成为一个好的听者；根据题意，故填 It’s very/quite/pretty
important to be /become a good listener./ To be/To become/ Being/Becoming a good listener is
very/quite/pretty important。60.
【答案】鼓励是能够改变一个人的一生/生命/生活的最好的礼物。
【解析】Encouragement is the best gift that can change a person’s life. encouragement 意思是“鼓
励”；
thebestgift 最好的礼物；这里是定语从句，先行词是 gift，关系词用 that；can 能，会，后加动词原形；
change a person’s life 表示改变一个人的生活；根据题意，故填鼓励是能够改变一个人的一生/生命/生
活的最好的礼物。
61.
【答案】 (1). either (2). or
【解析】Sometimes they will take you up, sometimes they will take you down.意思是“有时他们会
带你上去，有时他们会带你下来。”either…or…表示或者……或者……；要么……要么……;
相当于 They will take you either up or down.根据题意，故填 either ; or。
62.
【答案】Because they can have a huge influence in our life
【解析】根据文中 We should choose our friends carefully, because they can have a huge influence
in our life.可知，因为他们会对我们的生活产生巨大的影响。故填 Because they can have a huge influence
in our life。
七十三、山东济南莱芜
七、阅读表达
阅读短文，根据要求完成下面各小题。
Most of you will enter high school this autumn. By that time, you'll find yourself immersed
in (沉浸于) traditional Chinese culture. 83. The traditional Chinese culture can help students
build cultural confidence. Nowadays, the education focuses more on the traditional Chinese
culture.
At public schools, the students are called for to recite(背诵) 72 ancient poems or
articles. Besides Chinese language, other subjects such a fine arts, music and physical education
will also focus more on traditional Chinese culture. For example, fine arts will include new lessons
on Chinese calligraphy(书法) and paintingChina has also seem a growing interest in traditional culture in the private(私立的) education
area. It is reported that more than 3,000 traditional private schools have been built since 2004.
They mainly teach traditional Chinese classic(经典).
According to Fu Yan, a Chinese language teacher at Hangzhou Xuejun High School, learning about
traditional Chinese culture is a good thing for students. 84."At their age, the students may be
too young to understand some classics." Fu told Qianjiang Evening News. “However, as their life
experience builds up, they may develop their own thoughts about the wisdom(智慧)of the
classics, which could be a driving force for their growth."
A 根据短文内容简要回答问题。
61. How many ancient poems or articles do the students need to recite at public school?
___________________________
62. What does Fu Yan think of learning about traditional Chinese culture?
______________________________
B 将短文中划线的句子译成汉语。
63. ____________________________________________________________________________
64. ____________________________________________________________________________
C 请给短文拟个适当的标题。
65. ____________________________________________________________________________
61.
【 答 案 】 At public schools, the students are called for to recite 72 ancient poems or
articles.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 At public schools, the students are called for to recite(背诵) 72 ancient
poems or articles. 在公立学校，学生们被要求背诵 72 首古诗或古文。故答案为：At public schools, the
students are called for to recite 72 ancient poems or articles.
62.
【答案】Fu Yan thinks traditional Chinese culture is a good thing for students.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 According to Fu Yan, a Chinese language teacher at Hangzhou Xuejun High
School, learning about traditional Chinese culture is a good thing for students. 杭州学军中学
的汉语老师傅艳说，学习中国传统文化对学生来说是件好事。所以答案为：Fu Yan thinks traditional
Chinese culture is a good thing for students.63.
【答案】中国传统文化可以帮助学生建立文化自信。
【解析】翻译题，英译汉。the traditional Chinese culture：中国传统文化；can：能够；help：帮助；
students：学生；build cultural confidence：建立文化自信。help sb. do sth.: 帮助某人做某事。所
以答案为：中国传统文化可以帮助学生建立文化自信。
64.
【答案】在他们这个年龄，学生们可能太小，无法理解一些经典著作。
【解析】翻译题，英译汉。at their age：在他们这个年龄；the students：学生们；may be：也许，或许；
young：年轻的；understand：理解；some classics：一些经典著作。too…to…：太……而不能……；所
以答案为：在他们这个年龄，学生们可能太小，无法理解一些经典著作。
65.
【答案】Learning about traditional Chinese culture
【解析】本文介绍了如今的教育更加注重中国传统文化教育。中国传统文化有助于培养学生的文化自信。
所以最佳标题为：Learning about traditional Chinese culture.
七十四、湖南常德
阅读下面材料，然后根据材料内容简要回答下列问题。
Most people want to be happy, but few know how to find happiness. Money and success alone
do not bring lasting happiness. Aristotle, a Greek thinker, said, “Happiness depends on
ourselves.” In other words, we make our own happiness. Here are a few suggestions to help you
be happier.
The first secret of happiness is to enjoy the simple things in life. Too often, we spend so
much time thinking about the future - for example, getting into college or getting a good job
- that we fail to enjoy the present. You should enjoy life’s simple pleasure, such as reading
a good book, listening to your favorite music, or spending time with close friends. People who
have several friends often live happier and healthier lives.
Another secret to living a happy life is to be active. Many people go dancing or play sports.
People can forget about their problems and only think about the activities.
Finally, many people find happiness in helping others. Studies show that people feel good when they spend their time helping others. If you want to feel happier, do good thingsfor someone.
You can help a friend with his or her studies, go shopping to buy food for an elderly person,
or simply help out around the house by washing the dishes.
46. Does the writer agree to “Happiness depends on ourselves”?
47. What can make you happier, to think too much about the future or to enjoy life’s simple
pleasure?
48. Why do many people go dancing or play sports?
49. What’s the example in helping others to find happiness?
50. What’s the passage about?
46.
【答案】Yes, she does.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Aristotle, a Greek thinker, said, “Happiness depends on ourselves.”
In other words, we make our own happiness.可知，希腊思想家亚里士多德说过：“幸福取决于我们自己”，
换句话说，我们创造自己的幸福。故答案为：Yes, she does.
47.
【答案】To enjoy life simple pleasure.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 The first secret of happiness is to enjoy the simple things in life. 可知，
快乐的第一秘诀是享受生活中的简单事物。以及句子 You should enjoy life’s simple pleasure, such as
reading a good book, listening to your favorite music, or spending time with close friends. 你应该享
受生活中的简单乐趣，比如读一本好书，听你最喜欢的音乐，或者和亲密的朋友在一起。故答案为：To join
life simple pleasure.
48.
【答案】Because people can forget about their problems and only think about the activities.
【解析】细节理解题。根据 Many people go dancing or play sports. People can forget about their
problems and only think about the activities. 可知，许多人去跳舞或运动。人们可以忘记自己的问题，
只考虑活动。故答案为：Because people can forget about their problems and only think about the
activities.
49.
【答案】 You can help a friend with his or her studies/go shopping to buy food for an elderly
person/ help out around the house by washing the dishes.【解析】细节理解题。题干的意思是：帮助别人找到幸福的例子是什么？根据 If you want to feel
happier, do good things for someone. You can help a friend with his or her studies, go shopping
to buy food for an elderly person, or simply help out around the house by washing the dishes.可知，如
果你想感觉更快乐，为别人做好事。你可以帮助一个朋友学习，去购物给老人买食物，或者只是在家里洗
盘子。
故答案为：You can help a friend with his or her studies/go shopping to buy food for an elderly
person/ help out around the house by washing the dishes.
50.
【答案】The secret of happiness.
【解析】主旨大意题。题干的意思是：这篇文章主要讲了什么？根据短文的内容：快乐的第一秘诀是享受
生活中的简单事物。快乐生活的另一个秘诀是积极主动。花时间帮助别人时，他们会感觉很好。可知，这
些都是让自己快乐的秘诀。故答案为：The secret of happiness.
七十五、辽宁阜新
（B）根据短文内容按要求完成任务．（共 20 分，每小题 10 分）
27．（10 分）Afternoon Tea
The warm weather outside may look perfect for outdoor exercise． But for those who are not
that sporty， what could be nicer than having a relaxing afternoon tea with a few good friends
and taking a break from studying？
The concept （概念） of "afternoon tea" first appeared in the UK in the mid﹣19th
century ． It was introduced in England by Anna Maria Russell ， the seventh Duchess of
Bedford． The evening meal in her household was normally served fashionably late at 8 p．m．，
but she felt hungry at 4 p．m． every day， so she started asking for a tea tray with
butter， bread and cakes at that time． Several days later， she found her new habit difficult
to break and soon invited her friends to join her． This pause （间歇） for tea quickly became a fashionable social event． During the 1880s，upper class and society women would even change
into long dress， gloves and hats for their afternoon tea．
Traditional afternoon tea is a small meal which is normally served from 4 p．m． to 6
p．m． once a day． It uses a three﹣tiered serving tray． The trays carry a variety of
foods， such as finger sandwiches， freshly baked scones served with cream and fruit jam， cakes
and pastries． Of course， tea or coffee， served with milk and sugar， is also provided．
Traditional afternoon tea is a dainty （讲究的） meal． Therefore， the order of enjoying
the food is from the bottom to the top and from salty to sweet ． Sandwiches are eaten
first， followed by scones， then the sweet snacks like cakes and pastries． When drinking the
tea， they taste slowly rather than "glugging" it down． It's also a social activity． As you
can see the scene in the TV play "Downton Abbey"， ladies wear pretty clothing， men are dressed
neatly and the waiters are well trained and polite．
Nowadays ， you can enjoy a traditional fancy afternoon tea in many restaurants and
hotels． It is also enjoyed to celebrate a special event such as a birthday， a pre﹣ wedding
or baby shower party with a group of friends． So far， afternoon tea activities have become
far beyond friends getting together and eating． It has been a part of the traditional culture
as well as a fashion for British．
（1）Who introduced "afternoon tea" in England？
（2）What did the upper class ladies wear during the 1880s？
（3）When is traditional afternoon tea served？
（4）What is the fourth paragraph mainly about？
（5）Why is afternoon tea popular for British all the time？
（1）．
【答案】Anna Maria Russell．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 It was introduced in England by Anna Maria Russell， the seventh Duchess
of Bedford． 可知，下午茶是 Anna Maria Russell 引进英国的．故答案为：Anna Maria Russell．（2）．
【答案】Long dress， gloves and hats．
【解析】 细节理解题．根据 upper class and society women would even change into long dress， gloves
and hats for their afternoon tea．可知，上层社会夫人们为了喝下午茶，把衣服换成长裙，戴手套和
帽子．故答案为：Long dress， gloves and hats．
（3）．
【答案】From 4 p．m． to 6 p．m． once a day．
【解析】 细节理解题．根据 Traditional afternoon tea is a small meal which is normally served from
4 p．m． to 6 p．m． once a day．可知，下午茶一般在下午 4 点到 6 点之间，一天一次．故答案为：From
4 p．m． to 6 p．m． once a day．
（4）．
【答案】Traditional afternoon tea is a dainty meal．
【解析】主旨大意题．根据下午茶是一顿很讲究的饭，从上餐的顺序到人们的穿着都有讲究．故答案为：
Traditional afternoon tea is a dainty meal．
（5）．
【答案】It has been a part of the traditional culture as well as a fashion for British．
【解析】细节理解题．根据 So far， afternoon tea activities have become far beyond friends getting
together and eating． It has been a part of the traditional culture as well as a fashion for
British．可知，迄今为止，下午茶不在限于朋友聚会吃饭，它已经成为英国传统文化的一部分，在英国非
常流行．故答案为：It has been a part of the traditional culture as well as a fashion for
British．
28．（10 分）Maciek Czastka was born in Lodz，Poland．He came to China several years ago．So
far，he has been working in Chengdu for three years．
"The Belt and Road Initiative（一带一路的倡议）is meaningful，"he said．"Thanks to it，we are
offered more chances．"The most powerful support for Chengdu to thrive（兴盛）along the Belt
and Road is the Chengdu﹣Europe express railway（高速铁路）．It provides direct train services
between Chengdu and the city of Lodz．Because of the express railway，trains can bring things
from China to Europe．At the same time，they can bring back European food，wine，meat and so
on．In 2016，a total of 460 trains ran between Chengdu and Europe．The number is expected to grow to 1，000 this year．
Since the Chengdu﹣Lodz express railway was opened，Chengdu，together with other cities in west
China，has developed close trade ties with the European country．Poland is one's of the largest
apple producers in Europe．Czastka's company helps farmers in Poland sell their apples to
China．More and more European products will be sent to China in the future．
The Belt and Road Initiative is meaning．
About Maciek Czastka
◆Born：（56）
◆Workplace：In Chengdu
◆Working in Chengdu：Since（57）
ago
The most powerful support for Chengdu
It's the Chengdu﹣Europe express
railway．In 2016，a total of（58）
trains ran between Chengdu and Europe．This
year it will grow to 1，000．
The advantages of"the Chengdu﹣Europe
express railway"
1．The Chengdu﹣Europe express railway
provides
（59） between Chengdu and the city
of Lodz．
2．Chengdu，together with other cities in
west china，has developed（60）
with the
European country．
56．
【答案】in Lodz，Poland，
【解析】阅读填空，根据 Maciek Czastka was born in Lodz，Poland，Maciek Czastka 出生在波兰罗泽市，可知答案为 in Lodz，Poland．
57．
【答案】three years，
【解析】阅读填空，根据 So far，he has been working in Chengdu for three years 到目前为止，她在
中国已经工作了三年，可知是在三年前来中国的，现在完成时常与 for 和 since 引导的句子连用，for+时
间段；since+时间点，在现在完成时中，两者可以转换：for three years＝since three years ago，故答案
为 three years．
58.
【答案】460，
【解析】阅读填空，根据 In 2016，a total of 460 trains ran between Chengdu and Europe．2016 年，
成都和欧洲间共有 460 列火车，可知答案为 460．
59．
【答案】direct train services，
【解析】阅读填空，根据 It provides direct train services between Chengdu and the city of Lodz．在成
都和罗泽市之间，提供直达的列车服务，可知答案为 direct train services．
60．
【答案】close trade ties，
【解析】阅读填空，根据 Chengdu，together with other cities in west China，has developed close trade
ties with the European country．成都和中国西部的其他城市，已经同欧洲国家发展了紧密的贸易关系，
可知答案为 close trade ties．
微信/支付宝扫码支付